1 #LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
37 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
39 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
40 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
42 % for customized page headers/footers
43 % only needed because they are only used in one section of the document
45 % change header rule width
46 \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{2pt}
48 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
49 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
50 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
52 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
54 % the following added in Bahasa Indonesia Version
55 % to follow the most common style (centered chapters) in Indonesia
56 \addtokomafont{chapterentry}{\centering}
57 \addtokomafont{chapter}{\centering}
59 \options intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
60 \use_default_options false
65 \maintain_unincluded_children false
67 \language_package default
72 \font_typewriter default
73 \font_default_family default
74 \use_non_tex_fonts false
81 \default_output_format default
83 \bibtex_command default
84 \index_command default
88 \pdf_title "Petunjuk Penggunaan LyX"
93 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
94 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
95 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
100 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
101 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
111 \paperorientation portrait
114 \notefontcolor #0000ff
131 \paragraph_separation indent
132 \paragraph_indentation default
133 \quotes_language english
136 \paperpagestyle default
137 \tracking_changes false
138 \output_changes false
147 Petunjuk Penggunaan LyX
155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
157 Petunjuk dalam Bahasa Indonesia ini disunting oleh
162 Apabila anda mempunyai komentar atau menemukan kesalahan yang perlu dikoreksi,
163 silakan kirim komentar ke mailing list LyX,
166 \begin_inset CommandInset href
168 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
182 \begin_inset Newline newline
186 \begin_inset Newline newline
190 \begin_inset Note Note
193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
194 Versi PDF terkini dapat diperoleh disini:
195 \begin_inset Newline newline
200 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
208 \begin_layout Standard
209 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
210 LatexCommand tableofcontents
217 \begin_layout Chapter
221 \begin_layout Section
225 \begin_layout Standard
226 LyX adalah suatu sistem pengaturan dokumen yang digunakan untuk menyiapkan
227 manuskrip makalah, buku, surat bisnis, proposal, juga dapat digunakan untuk
230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
238 LyX menggunakan paradigma bahasa perubahan sebagai inti dari gaya penyuntingan,
239 yaitu apabila anda menulis judul bab, maka anda hanya perlu menandainya
241 \begin_inset Quotes eld
245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
248 , tidak perlu menyatakan
249 \begin_inset Quotes eld
252 Huruf Tebal, ukuran 17
253 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
256 pt, rata kiri, jarak ke baris berikutnya 5
257 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
265 LyX yang akan mengatur semuanya itu.
266 Anda hanya perlu memikirkan tentang isi dan konsep, bukan bagaimana pengaturan
270 \begin_layout Standard
271 Filosopi ini dijelaskan pada buku panduan
272 \begin_inset Quotes eld
280 \begin_inset Quotes erd
284 Apabila belum membacanya, sangat disarankan anda membacanya terlebih dahulu
285 sebelum melanjutkan mempelajari buku panduan ini.
288 \begin_layout Standard
290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
301 , selain menjelaskan tentang filosofi LyX, juga menjelaskan tentang format
302 penulisan yang digunakan di semua buku panduan.
303 Oleh karena itu anda perlu meluangkan waktu untuk membacanya terlebih dahulu.
304 Buku panduan lain yang disarankan dipelajari sebelum membaca buku panduan
305 ini adalah buku panduan
306 \begin_inset Quotes eld
314 \begin_inset Quotes erd
320 \begin_layout Section
321 Bagaimana Tampilan LyX
324 \begin_layout Standard
325 Seperti umumnya aplikasi program lain, LyX mempunyai kotak menu utama di
326 bagian atas jendela kerja.
327 Dibagian bawahnya ada kotak bantuan yang berisi satu kotak pilihan serta
328 berbagai tombol bantuan.
329 Selain itu, ada gulungan vertikal dan area kerja utama untuk menyunting
333 \begin_layout Standard
334 Ada satu hal yang perlu anda ketahui, anda tidak akan menemukan gulungan
336 Hal ini bukanlah karena kutu program atau fitur yang terlupakan, tetapi
337 merupakan kesengajaan.
338 Teks yang ditulis dalam area kerja LyX akan selalu diteruskan di baris
339 bawahnya apabila melewati batas jendela kerja.
340 Oleh karena itu, LyX tidak memerlukan gulungan horisontal, cukup menggunakan
342 Mungkin ada tiga alasan mengapa anda masih memerlukan gulungan horisontal.
343 Yang pertama adalah apabila anda mempunyai gambar yang berukuran besar.
344 Untuk mengatasi hal ini, yang anda perlu lakukan adalah mengatur skala
345 gambar di LyX agar bisa ditampilan seluruhnya di area kerja LyX.
346 Alasan yang kedua dan ketiga adalah berkaitan dengan tabel dan persamaan
347 yang melebihi area kerja.
348 Untuk tabel, anda bisa menggunakan tombol panah untuk menggeser kursor
349 dalam tabel pada arah horisontal.
350 Namun demikian, hal ini belum dapat dilakukan untuk persamaan yang panjang
351 dan melebihi area kerja.
354 \begin_layout Standard
355 Penjelasan ringkas tentang semua menu LyX serta tombol bantuan yang ada,
356 silahkan membaca di Lampiran
361 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
363 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
368 Hampir semua menu dapat dipahami dengan sendirinya dari nama menu.
369 Namun demikian anda dapat memperoleh penjelasan lanjut pada sub-bab dalam
375 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
377 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
385 \begin_layout Section
389 \begin_layout Standard
390 Bantuan yang disediakan adalah dalam bentuk buku panduan LyX.
395 buku panduan dalam LyX.
396 Caranya sangat mudah, dari menu
400 , kemudian pilihlah buku panduan yang ingin anda baca.
403 \begin_layout Section
405 \begin_inset CommandInset label
407 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
414 \begin_layout Standard
415 Ada beberapa fitur LyX dapat diatur dari dalam LyX, tanpa melakukan perubahan
416 atau menyunting secara langsung pada berkas konfigurasinya.
417 LyX mampu memeriksa sistem anda untuk melihat perangkat lunak, class dokumen
418 LaTeX, serta paket LaTeX yang tersedia.
419 Dengan kemampuan ini, LyX menggunakannya untuk menentukan pengaturan bawaan
425 \begin_inset Index idx
428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
435 Walaupun pengaturan konfigurasi bawaan sudah dilakukan ketika proses instalasi
436 LyX, anda masih mempunyai keleluasaan untuk menambah program tambahan secara
437 lokal, misalnya LaTeX class, yang sebelumnya belum dikenal oleh LyX.
438 Untuk memaksa LyX untuk memeriksa ulang sistem anda, maka anda perlu menggunaka
441 AlatBantuan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
445 \begin_inset Index idx
448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
449 Konfigurasi Ulang LyX
455 Setelah proses konfigurasi ulang, anda harus menjalankan ulang LyX untuk
456 memastikan semua perubahan diterapkan dalam LyX.
459 \begin_layout Section
461 \begin_inset CommandInset label
463 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
470 \begin_layout Standard
471 Anda dapat menyunting dokumen dalam LyX tanpa instalasi LaTeX, namun demikian
472 anda tidak akan bisa melihat atau mebuat PDF atau mencetak dokumen tanpa
474 Apabila dokumen anda menggunakan DocBook, maka anda akan dapat menghasilkan
475 PDF atau yang setara, selain itu semua dokumen dalam DocBook akan mempunyai
476 keluaran sebagai plain text atau XHTML.
479 \begin_layout Standard
480 Beberapa class dokumen menggunakan kombinasi class LaTeX atau DocBook atau
482 Anda dapat menggunakan class dokumen tersebut walaupun anda tidak memiliki
483 berkas yang seharusnya sudah dipasang.
484 Tentu saja anda tidak dapat melihat hasil keluaran tanpa semua berkas terpasang
488 \begin_layout Standard
489 Semua paket LaTeX yang sudah dideteksi ada dalam sistem anda dapat dilihat
492 Bantuan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
511 Apabila ada paket-paket yang belum terpasang, anda perlu melakukan instalasi
512 paket kemudian konfigurasi ulang (menu
514 AlatBantuan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
522 \begin_inset Note Note
525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
526 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
527 \begin_inset Quotes eld
531 \begin_inset Quotes erd
534 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
535 More about TeX Code is described in section
540 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
542 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
546 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
551 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
553 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
563 \begin_inset Index idx
566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
567 Konfigurasi Ulang LyX
572 Informasi tentang bagaimana melakukan instalasi tambahan paket LaTeX, silahkan
573 lihat sub-bab 5.1 dari buku panduan
575 Perubahan dan Pengaturan
580 \begin_layout Chapter
581 Bagaimana Menggunakan LyX
584 \begin_layout Section
585 Dasar Penggunaan Berkas
586 \begin_inset Index idx
589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
598 \begin_layout Standard
599 Semua penggunaan berkas dapat dimulai dari menu
603 serta ada di kotak bantuan dalam bentuk ikon tombol bantuan.
604 Beberapa menu yang berkaitan dengan berkas adalah:
607 \begin_layout Itemize
611 \begin_inset Graphics
612 filename ../../images/buffer-new.png
620 \begin_layout Itemize
634 \begin_layout Itemize
644 \begin_inset Graphics
645 filename ../../images/file-open.png
653 \begin_layout Itemize
659 \begin_layout Itemize
665 \begin_inset Graphics
666 filename ../../images/buffer-write.png
674 \begin_layout Itemize
692 \begin_layout Itemize
702 \begin_layout Itemize
712 \begin_layout Itemize
718 \begin_layout Itemize
724 \begin_layout Itemize
730 \begin_inset Graphics
731 filename ../../images/dialog-show_print.png
739 \begin_layout Itemize
745 \begin_layout Standard
746 Secara umum, hampir semua operasi berkas mirip dengan yang ada di pengolah
748 Hanya saja di LyX ada sedikit perbedaan.
749 Apabila membuka berkas baru dari The
751 Berkas\SpecialChar \menuseparator
753 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
757 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
762 bukan hanya menuntun anda untuk memberi nama berkas tetapi juga memilih
763 templet yang akan anda gunakan.
764 Dengan memilih templet secara otomatis akan mengatur fitur utama tataletak
765 dokumen, sedangkan fitur lainnya dapat anda atur sendiri.
766 Templet mungkin menggunakan kelas dokumen tertentu (lihat subbab
771 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
773 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
780 \begin_layout Standard
797 sangat berguna apabila anda bersama teman-teman anda menyunting berkas
802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
803 Apabila anda akan melakukan hal ini, anda perlu mempelajari fitur Kontrol
804 Versi yang ditulis di buku panduan
823 akan memuat ulang dokumen dari cakra.
824 Anda dapat menggunakan operasi
832 untuk mengabaikan perubahan yang sudah anda lakukan dan mengembalikan ke
833 berkas terakhir yang anda simpan.
834 Dengan operasi berkas
842 anda dapat mendaftarkan catatan perubahan pada dokumen sehingga orang lain
843 akan dapat mengenali perubahan yang telah anda lakukan.
846 \begin_layout Section
847 Dasar Fitur Penyuntingan
848 \begin_inset Index idx
851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
858 \begin_inset CommandInset label
860 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
867 \begin_layout Standard
868 Seperti pengolah kata modern lainnya, operasi penyuntingan dengan potong
869 dan tempel dalam LyX dapat dipraktekkan untuk teks, berupa karakter, kata,
870 maupun keseluruhan halaman atau bahkan lebih dari satu halaman.
871 Pada empat subbab berikut akan menjelaskan fitur penyuntingan yang ada
872 dalam LyX dan bagaimana memanfaatkannya.
873 Kita akan memulai dari potong dan tempel.
876 \begin_layout Standard
877 Seperti yang anda perkirakan, menu
881 dan kotak bantuan standar menyediakan perintah potong dan tempelkan serta
882 fitur suntingan lainnya.
883 Beberapa perintah suntingan perlu pembahasan khusus sehingga dikelompokkan
884 dalam pembahasan subbab berikutnya.
885 Perintah suntingan utama adalah:
888 \begin_layout Itemize
894 \begin_inset Graphics
895 filename ../../images/cut.png
903 \begin_layout Itemize
909 \begin_inset Graphics
910 filename ../../images/copy.png
918 \begin_layout Itemize
924 \begin_inset Graphics
925 filename ../../images/paste.png
933 \begin_layout Itemize
937 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
941 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
947 \begin_layout Itemize
951 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
957 \begin_layout Itemize
961 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
965 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
971 \begin_inset Graphics
972 filename ../../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
981 \begin_layout Standard
982 Tiga perintah suntingan yang pertama dapat dipahami dari nama perintahnya
984 Hanya ada beberapa catatan: apabila anda memilih dan menandai teks di dokumen
985 anda, maka secara otomatis akan tersimpam di papan klip.
994 juga berfungsi sebagai perintah
999 Selain itu yang paling penting, jika anda memilih dan menandai teks, harap
1000 hati-hati: jika anda menekan salah satu tombol, maka LyX akan menghapus
1001 teks yang anda pilih tadi dan mengganti dengan dengan huruf atau karakter
1003 Untuk mengembalikannya, anda perlu melakukan perintah
1007 agar teks dikembalikan seperti semula.
1010 \begin_layout Standard
1011 \begin_inset Index idx
1014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1020 Anda dapat dapat menyalin teks di LyX juga dari program lainnya menggunakan
1039 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1047 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1054 akan menampilkan daftar teks yang terakhir anda tempelkan.
1057 \begin_layout Standard
1060 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
1062 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1066 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1070 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1075 akan menyisipkan teks yang tersimpan di papan klip sedemikian sehingga teks
1076 yang disisipkan dalam
1081 Paragraf baru akan dimulai apabila ada baris kosong.
1086 , teks disisipkan sebagai paragraf baru, dimana setiap ganti baris menjadi
1090 \begin_layout Standard
1091 \begin_inset Index idx
1094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1101 \begin_inset Index idx
1104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1112 Suntingan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1114 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1118 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1124 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1131 akan membuka jendela dialog
1134 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1138 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1144 Apabila anda sudah menemukan kata atau ekspresi yang anda cari, LyX akan
1146 Dengan menekan tombol
1150 , kata yang ditemukan tadi akan digantikan dengan teks yang ada di area
1156 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1164 Anda bisa meneruskan pencarian dengan menekan tombol Berikutnya.
1165 Jika anda menekan tombol
1170 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1177 maka semua kata yang ada di dokumen akan diganti seketika secara otomatis.
1181 \begin_layout Standard
1182 Apabila anda ingin mempertimbangkan huruf besar/kecil, anda perlu menggunakan
1185 Suntingan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1187 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1191 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1197 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1208 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1212 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1218 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1225 anda bisa mengatur pencarian yang anda inginkan.
1226 Apabila anda mengkatifkan pilihan
1229 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1233 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1238 , maka pencarian kata
1239 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1247 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1259 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1266 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1271 akan memaksa LyX hanya mencari kata tersebut, misalnya pencarian
1272 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1280 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1283 tidak akan menemukan
1284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1298 \begin_layout Standard
1299 Beberapa sisipan tambahan berformat, seperti nota, ambangan, dll., dapat
1301 Maknanya apabila tanda sisipan dihilangkan, maka isinya akan berubah menjadi
1303 Cara menguraikan sisipan tambahan adalah dengan meletakkan kursor di lokasi
1304 paling depan dalam kotak sisipan kemudian menekan tombol ketik
1308 atau meletakkan kursor di bagian akhir dalam kotak sisipan kemudian menekan
1316 \begin_layout Section
1317 Batalkan dan Kembalikan
1318 \begin_inset Index idx
1321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1328 \begin_inset Index idx
1331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1338 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1340 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1347 \begin_layout Standard
1348 Jika anda membuat kesalahan anda dapat dengan mudah membatalkannya.
1349 Anda perlu ke menu Suntingan
1351 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
1354 atau dari tombol bantuan
1359 \begin_inset Graphics
1360 filename ../../images/undo.png
1365 untuk membatalkan apa yang baru saja anda lakukan.
1366 LyX mempunyai kemampunyan menyimpan dalam kapasitas yang besar untuk membatalka
1368 Saat ini mekanisme simpanan maksimum adalah sampai 100
1369 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1373 Apabila secara tidak sengaja anda melakukan proses pembatalan yang terlebih,
1374 anda bisa mengembalikannya dari menu
1376 Suntingan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1379 atau dengan menekan tombol
1380 \begin_inset Graphics
1381 filename ../../images/redo.png
1389 \begin_layout Standard
1390 Apabila anda mengembalikan perubahan sampai ke kondisi dokumen saat terakhir
1391 disimpan, status dokumen
1392 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1396 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1399 tidak akan menjadi normal kembali seperti tidak ada perubahan.
1400 Hal ini karena anda sebenarnya melakukan perubahan pada dokumen.
1403 \begin_layout Standard
1412 dapat dilakukan untuk apa saja di LyX.
1413 Namun demikian proses
1421 pada teks tidak dilakukan untuk setiap karakter, tetapi berlaku untuk kumpulan
1425 \begin_layout Section
1427 \begin_inset Index idx
1430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1439 \begin_layout Standard
1440 Berikut ini adalah dasar pengunaan tetikus.
1443 \begin_layout Enumerate
1448 \begin_layout Itemize
1453 sekali di daerah jendela kerja LyX.
1454 Kursor akan mengikuti dan berkedip tepat di tempat anda menekan tombol
1459 \begin_layout Enumerate
1460 Memilih dan Menandai Teks
1464 \begin_layout Itemize
1469 kemudian seret tetikus.
1470 LyX akan menandai teks mulai dari awal kursor sebelum diseret sampai ke
1471 tempat posisi kursor setelah diseret.
1474 Suntingan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1477 untuk membuat salinan teks dalam simpanan LyX (dan papan klip).
1480 \begin_layout Itemize
1481 Pindahkan kursor ke tempat lain kemudian tempelkan teks yang disimpan ke
1482 lokasi baru, menggunakan
1484 Suntingan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1491 \begin_layout Enumerate
1492 Sisipan Tambahan (Catatan kaki, Nota, Ambangan, etc.)
1496 \begin_layout Standard
1501 pada sisipan tambahan untuk melihat propertinya.
1502 Anda perlu membaca pada bab tertentu di buku panduan ini untuk penjelasan
1507 \begin_layout Section
1509 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1511 name "sec:Navigating"
1516 \begin_inset Index idx
1519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1528 \begin_layout Standard
1531 LyX offers you several ways to navigate in documents:
1534 \begin_layout Itemize
1541 menu lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can
1542 click to jump to the corresponding document part.
1545 \begin_layout Itemize
1548 The `Outline', which is accessed either by the menu
1550 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1553 or by the toolbar button
1556 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
1562 \begin_layout Itemize
1565 You can set bookmarks in your document under
1567 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1570 and use the same menu to return to them.
1571 Note that bookmarks are saved between sessions.
1574 \begin_layout Standard
1580 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
1585 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1586 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1589 ) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1590 This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled
1591 to another document part to look for something, and want to go back to
1592 your last editing position.
1595 \begin_layout Subsection
1601 \begin_layout Standard
1604 The Outline was known in earlier versions of LyX as the
1605 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1609 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1612 , since its original purpose was to display the document's table of contents.
1613 The Outline has become much more powerful now, however.
1614 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1615 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1616 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1618 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1619 LatexCommand formatted
1620 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1624 ), or notes, or citations (see
1625 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1626 LatexCommand formatted
1627 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1632 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1634 The Outline has become much more powerful now, however.
1635 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1636 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1637 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1639 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1640 LatexCommand formatted
1641 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1645 ), or notes, or of citations (see
1646 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1647 LatexCommand formatted
1648 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1653 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1657 \begin_layout Standard
1660 Right-clicking on elements in the Outline will in many cases open a context
1661 menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements.
1662 For example, with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation
1663 dialog and to modify the citation.
1664 Right-clicking a change will allow you to accept or reject it.
1668 \begin_layout Standard
1671 The `Filter' field at the top allows you to restrict which entries appear
1673 For example, if you are displaying the list of Labels and References and
1674 wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text
1675 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1679 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1682 in the filter, and only entries containing that text will be displayed.
1685 \begin_layout Standard
1688 At the bottom of the outline are several buttons and the like that allow
1689 you further to control the display.
1694 option sorts the current list alphabetically.
1695 Otherwise, the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the
1700 option keeps it in the current view state.
1701 Keeping means that when you have e.
1702 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1706 \begin_inset space \space{}
1709 the subsections of section
1710 \begin_inset space ~
1713 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1714 \begin_inset space ~
1717 3, the subsections of section
1718 \begin_inset space ~
1721 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1726 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1727 \begin_inset space ~
1731 Finally, the slider at the left can be used to open the Outline to a given
1733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1737 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1741 It is best just to experiment with it to see how it works.
1744 \begin_layout Standard
1748 \begin_inset space ~
1752 \begin_inset Graphics
1753 filename D:/LyXSVN/LyX2.0.x/lib/images/reload.png
1758 \begin_inset space ~
1761 button refreshes the TOC (though this should not usually be necessary).
1762 Next to it are buttons that allow you to change the position of sections
1765 \begin_inset space \space{}
1769 \begin_inset Graphics
1770 filename D:/LyXSVN/LyX2.0.x/lib/images/down.png
1772 groupId toolbarbuttons
1777 \begin_inset space ~
1781 \begin_inset space \space{}
1785 \begin_inset Graphics
1786 filename D:/LyXSVN/LyX2.0.x/lib/images/up.png
1788 groupId toolbarbuttons
1793 \begin_inset space ~
1796 buttons move sections up and down in the document.
1797 So, for example, you can move section
1798 \begin_inset space ~
1802 \begin_inset space ~
1805 2.4 or after section
1806 \begin_inset space ~
1810 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1812 \begin_inset Graphics
1813 filename D:/LyXSVN/LyX2.0.x/lib/images/promote.png
1815 groupId toolbarbuttons
1820 \begin_inset Graphics
1821 filename D:/LyXSVN/LyX2.0.x/lib/images/demote.png
1823 groupId toolbarbuttons
1827 (or the corresponding key bindings
1835 ) you can change the level of sections.
1836 So you can for example make section
1837 \begin_inset space ~
1841 \begin_inset space ~
1845 \begin_inset space ~
1851 \begin_layout Section
1852 Masukan / Melengkapi Kata
1853 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1855 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1860 \begin_inset Index idx
1863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1870 \begin_inset Index idx
1873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1904 \begin_layout Standard
1905 LyX menyediakan data kata-kata untuk mempercepat proses penyuntingan dari
1906 hasil memindai kata-kata dalam dokumen yang sedang dibuka.
1907 Semua kata-kata yang ada dalam dokumen disimpan dalam basis data untuk
1908 digunakan melengkapi kata saat proses penyuntingan.
1911 \begin_layout Standard
1912 Pengaturan bawaan LyX untuk melengkapi kata adalah dalam bentuk yang paling
1913 sederhana yaitu menggunakan tampilan kursor segitiga sebagai tanda bahwa
1914 sudah ada kata tersedia.
1915 Anda tinggal menggunakan tombol
1919 untuk melengkapi kata.
1920 Apabila ada beberapa pilihan kata tersedia, jendela kecil akan muncul dan
1921 menampilkan kata-kata tersebut.
1922 Anda dapat memilih dengan menggunakan tetikus atau tombol panah, kemudian
1923 menetapkan pilihan dengan menekan tombol
1931 \begin_layout Standard
1932 Untuk menghilangkan tanda melengkapi segitiga, anda perlu mengubah pengaturan
1935 AlatBantuan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1938 kemudian dari seksi Penyuntingan
1940 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
1942 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1947 anda perlu melepaskan pilihan
1952 Sedangkan pengaturan
1954 Melengkapi kata otomatis pada baris
1956 , pilihan kata akan ditampilkan pada baris dibelakang posisi kursor.
1957 Untuk menerima saran kata yang muncul pada baris, anda cukup menekan tombol
1963 Apabila menggunakan pengaturan
1965 Menampilkan jendela pilihan otomatis
1967 , maka jendela pilihan kata akan selalu ditampilkan.
1968 LyX mempunyai berbagai pengaturan melengkapi kata untuk yang sudah mahir.
1969 Pengaturan lanjut akan dapat ditemui di subbab.
1970 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1974 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1976 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1983 \begin_layout Section
1984 Gabungan tombol ketik
1985 \begin_inset Index idx
1988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1989 Gabungan tombol ketik
1995 \begin_inset Index idx
1998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2010 Gabungan tombol ketik
2014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2027 \begin_inset Index idx
2030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2061 \begin_layout Standard
2062 Ada dua peta utama untuk gabungan tombol ketik: CUA dan Emacs.
2063 Bawaan LyX menggunakan CUA.
2066 \begin_layout Standard
2067 Beberapa tombol ketik, seperti
2070 \begin_inset space ~
2078 \begin_inset space ~
2099 , sudah dapat berfungsi seperti yang anda harapkan.
2100 Namun demikian beberapa tombol ketik mungkin perlu dipahami fungsinya.
2103 \begin_layout Labeling
2104 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2108 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2109 LatexCommand nomenclature
2111 description "Tombol ketik Tabulator"
2117 LyC tidak memfungsikan tombol ini sebagai hentian tab.
2118 Apabila anda belum memahaminya anda silahkan sekarang membaca terlebih
2120 \begin_inset space ~
2124 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2126 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2131 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2133 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2138 \begin_inset space ~
2142 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2144 reference "sub:Lists"
2150 Apabila anda masih merasa belum mengerti juga, mungkin anda perlu membaca
2158 \begin_layout Labeling
2159 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2163 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2164 LatexCommand nomenclature
2166 description "Tombol ketik Escape"
2172 Tombol ini digunakan sebagai
2173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2180 Secara umum tombol ini memang digunakan untuk membatalkan penyuntingan.
2181 Buku petunjuk ini juga akan membahas lebih terperinci tentang pemanfaatannya.
2184 \begin_layout Labeling
2185 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2191 \begin_inset space ~
2195 \begin_inset space ~
2206 akan memindahkan kursor ke bagian awal dari baris dan tombol
2210 memindah kursor ke bagian akhir baris.
2211 Jika anda menggunakan peta Emacs,
2215 memindah ke bagian awal berkas sementara
2219 memindah kursor ke bagian akhir berkas.
2222 \begin_layout Standard
2223 Ada tiga tombol ketik pengubah:
2226 \begin_layout Labeling
2227 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2232 (Diseluruh buku petunjuk Disingkat dengan
2233 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2245 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2246 LatexCommand nomenclature
2248 description "Tombol ketik Control"
2252 ) Tombol ini mempunyai beberapa fungsi, tergantung dengan tombol ketik lain
2253 yang dikombinasikan:
2257 \begin_layout Itemize
2266 , akan menghapus seluruh kata bukan hanya satu karakter.
2269 \begin_layout Itemize
2278 , akan menggerakkan kursor satu kata kekiri atau kekanan.
2281 \begin_layout Itemize
2290 , akan memindah kursor ke bagian awal dokumen atau ke bagian akhir dokumen.
2294 \begin_layout Labeling
2295 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2300 (Dalam buku petunjuk disebut dengan
2301 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2309 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2313 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2314 LatexCommand nomenclature
2316 description "Tombol ketik Shift"
2320 ) Tombol ini digunakan untuk menandai teks dengan tombol panah, dimulai
2321 dari posisi awal ke sampai berhenti menggerakkan.
2324 \begin_layout Labeling
2325 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2330 (Dalam buku petunjuk disebut dengan
2331 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2339 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2343 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2344 LatexCommand nomenclature
2346 description "Tombol ketik Alt atau tombol ketik Meta"
2350 ) Sebagian besar papan ketik mempunyai tombol Alt, hanya beberapa papan
2351 ketik yang menggunakan tombol Meta.
2352 Jika anda memiliki keduanya, anda harus mencoba untuk memastikan tombol
2353 yang benar-benar aktif sebagai
2358 Tombol ini memiliki berbagai kegunaan selain berfungsi sebagai tombol
2363 Apabila anda menggunakan dengan kombinasi huruf dibawah menu, berarti and
2364 memilih menu tersebut.
2368 \begin_layout Standard
2369 Misalnya, urutan menekan tombol
2370 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2376 \begin_inset space ~
2380 \begin_inset space ~
2386 \begin_inset space ~
2390 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2393 akan membawa anda ke dialog
2394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2398 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2403 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2409 \begin_inset space ~
2415 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2425 \begin_layout Standard
2430 memberikan daftar berbagai kombinasi perintah yang dinyatakan dengan tombol
2439 \begin_layout Standard
2440 Anda akan banyak menemukan berbagai gabungan tombol ketik serta pintasan
2441 yang digunakan di LyX, karena setiap perintah gabungan akan menampilkan
2442 aksi yang anda lakukan serta pilihan gabungan tombol ketik lain yang bisa
2443 anda pilih di jendela status bawah.
2444 Notasi gabungan tombol ketik yang muncul akan mirip dengan yang digunakan
2445 di buku petunjuk, sehingga tidak membingungkan anda.
2446 Namun demikian untuk tombol Shift akan dinyatakan secara eksplisit, sehingga
2448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2456 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2463 diikuti dengan menulis huruf besar
2470 \begin_layout Standard
2471 Anda bisa melihat berbagai perintah gabungan melalui menu
2473 AlatBantuan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2478 Penyuntingan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2480 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2485 seperti dijelaskan di subbab
2486 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2490 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2492 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2499 \begin_layout Chapter
2501 \begin_inset Index idx
2504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2513 \begin_layout Section
2515 \begin_inset Index idx
2518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2527 \begin_layout Subsection
2531 \begin_layout Standard
2532 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2533 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2534 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2535 numbering schemes, and so on.
2536 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2537 and format the title of your document differently.
2540 \begin_layout Standard
2545 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2546 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2547 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2548 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2549 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2552 \begin_layout Standard
2553 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2554 how to adjust their properties.
2557 \begin_layout Subsection
2559 \begin_inset Index idx
2562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2569 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2571 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2578 \begin_layout Standard
2579 You can select a class using the
2581 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2582 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2586 \begin_inset Index idx
2589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2596 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2600 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2604 \begin_layout Standard
2605 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2609 \begin_layout Description
2610 Article for basic articles
2613 \begin_layout Description
2614 Report for basic reports
2617 \begin_layout Description
2618 Book for writing a book
2621 \begin_layout Description
2622 Letter for US-style letters
2625 \begin_layout Standard
2626 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2627 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2628 will include many of these.
2629 Here are some of the classes.
2630 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2632 Special Document Classes
2641 \begin_layout Description
2642 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2645 \begin_layout Description
2646 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2650 \begin_layout Description
2651 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2655 \begin_layout Description
2656 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2657 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2658 There are three article layouts available.
2659 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2660 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2661 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2662 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2664 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2667 sequential numbering
2668 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2671 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2672 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2673 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2674 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2677 \begin_layout Description
2678 Beamer Layout for presentations
2681 \begin_layout Description
2682 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2683 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2687 \begin_layout Description
2688 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2691 \begin_layout Description
2693 \begin_inset space ~
2696 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2699 \begin_layout Description
2700 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2703 \begin_layout Description
2704 Foils Used to make transparencies
2707 \begin_layout Description
2708 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2709 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2713 \begin_layout Description
2714 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2715 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2718 \begin_layout Description
2719 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2722 \begin_layout Description
2723 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2726 \begin_layout Description
2727 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2728 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2729 (Is used by this document.)
2732 \begin_layout Description
2733 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2736 \begin_layout Description
2737 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2740 \begin_layout Description
2745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2752 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2753 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2755 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2758 \begin_layout Description
2759 Slides Used to make transparencies
2762 \begin_layout Description
2764 \begin_inset space ~
2767 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2768 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2771 \begin_layout Description
2772 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2775 \begin_layout Standard
2776 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2778 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
2784 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2785 of the document classes.
2788 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2792 \begin_layout Standard
2793 New users are sometimes puzzled by the fact that many of the document classes
2796 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2797 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2799 \begin_inset Index idx
2802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2811 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2815 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2819 Or they are surprised that, when they open e.
2820 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2824 \begin_inset space ~
2831 template, they receive a warning saying that the document requires files
2832 that are not installed to produce output.
2833 So it seems that something is wrong.
2836 \begin_layout Standard
2837 But nothing is wrong.
2838 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2839 and some of them, like
2843 , are highly specialized.LyX tries to support as many different types of
2844 documents as possible, and it includes almost one hundred different layout
2845 files, with a growing number.
2846 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2847 by some document class.
2848 There are just too many of them.
2849 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2852 \begin_layout Standard
2853 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as `Unavailabl
2854 e', you need to install the appropriate package files.
2855 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2856 document class for a new file.
2857 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2859 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2862 Installing new LaTeX files
2863 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2870 manual for information on how to install them.
2871 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2877 \begin_layout Standard
2878 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2879 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2881 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2882 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2883 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2885 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2888 \begin_inset space ~
2895 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2898 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2900 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2907 \begin_inset Index idx
2910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2919 \begin_layout Standard
2920 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2921 chosen document class.
2922 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2923 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2930 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2934 \begin_inset Index idx
2937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2944 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2948 \begin_layout Standard
2949 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2950 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2951 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2952 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
2953 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing package.
2954 If you want to be able to produce output, then you need to install the
2955 missing package and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2957 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2961 \begin_inset Index idx
2964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2965 Reconfiguration of LyX
2971 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2974 Installing new LaTeX files
2975 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2982 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2985 \begin_layout Standard
2986 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2994 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2995 LyX will advise you about these things.
3003 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3005 \begin_inset Index idx
3008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3009 Document ! Local Layout
3017 \begin_layout Standard
3018 Modules are to LyX much as packages are to LaTeX: They are intended to be
3019 used in a variety of different documents, and if you often find yourself
3020 needing the same sort of thing in different documents, you should consider
3021 writing a module for this purpose.
3022 Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, and you
3023 find yourself wanting a specific inset or character style, but only that
3025 You want something that is like a document's own LaTeX preamble.
3026 What you want is LyX's
3027 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3031 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3046 manual for information on how to use it.
3049 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3053 \begin_layout Standard
3054 Each class has a default set of options.
3055 Here's a quick table describing them:
3058 \begin_layout Standard
3059 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3065 \begin_layout Standard
3067 \begin_inset Tabular
3068 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
3069 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
3070 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3071 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3072 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3073 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3074 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3528 \begin_layout Standard
3529 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3535 \begin_layout Standard
3536 You're probably also wondering what
3537 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3541 \begin_inset space ~
3545 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3549 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3550 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3555 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3560 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3570 headings, there are also
3578 headings, and so on.
3579 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3580 \begin_inset space ~
3584 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3586 reference "sub:Headings"
3593 \begin_layout Subsection
3595 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3597 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3602 \begin_inset Index idx
3605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3614 \begin_inset Index idx
3617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3626 \begin_layout Standard
3627 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3629 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3640 \begin_inset space ~
3645 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3647 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3648 to use for your document.
3649 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3653 \begin_layout Standard
3660 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3666 \begin_inset space ~
3671 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3672 You can choose between the following five options:
3675 \begin_layout Labeling
3676 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3681 Use default page style of current class.
3684 \begin_layout Labeling
3685 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3690 No page numbers or headings.
3693 \begin_layout Labeling
3694 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3702 \begin_layout Labeling
3703 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3708 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3709 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3710 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3713 \begin_layout Labeling
3714 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3719 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3720 have the LaTeX-package
3725 \begin_inset Index idx
3728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3729 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3735 How they are defined is explained in section
3736 \begin_inset space ~
3740 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3742 reference "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
3749 \begin_layout Standard
3750 The separation of paragraphs is described in section
3751 \begin_inset space ~
3755 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3757 reference "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
3764 \begin_layout Subsection
3765 Paper Size and Orientation
3766 \begin_inset Index idx
3769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3770 Document ! Paper size
3776 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3778 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3785 \begin_layout Standard
3786 You'll find the following options in the menu
3789 \begin_inset space ~
3796 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3802 \begin_inset Index idx
3805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3814 \begin_layout Labeling
3815 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3819 \begin_inset space ~
3824 What size paper to print on.
3828 \begin_layout Itemize
3834 \begin_layout Itemize
3844 \begin_layout Itemize
3850 \begin_layout Itemize
3856 \begin_layout Itemize
3862 \begin_layout Itemize
3868 \begin_layout Itemize
3874 \begin_layout Labeling
3875 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3880 To choose whether to output as
3891 \begin_layout Labeling
3892 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3896 \begin_inset space ~
3901 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3902 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3905 \begin_layout Subsection
3907 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3914 \begin_inset Index idx
3917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3924 \begin_inset Index idx
3927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3936 \begin_layout Standard
3937 Paper margins are set in the menu
3939 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3943 \begin_inset Index idx
3946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3955 \begin_layout Standard
3956 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3957 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3958 the paper format and the font size into account.
3961 \begin_layout Subsection
3965 \begin_layout Standard
3966 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3971 That includes the paragraph environments.
3972 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3973 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3974 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3975 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3976 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3980 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3984 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3986 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3987 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
3988 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
3991 \begin_layout Section
3992 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3993 \begin_inset Index idx
3996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3997 Paragraph ! Indentation
4005 \begin_layout Subsection
4007 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4009 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
4016 \begin_layout Standard
4017 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
4018 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
4021 \begin_layout Standard
4022 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
4023 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
4024 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
4025 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
4029 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
4035 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
4036 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
4037 language than English.
4038 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
4041 \begin_layout Standard
4042 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
4043 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
4045 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
4046 LyX takes care of that.
4047 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
4049 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
4050 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
4051 of a page, and so on.
4055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4056 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
4061 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
4062 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
4066 of these pre-coded spacings.
4067 We'll explain more later.
4070 \begin_layout Subsection
4071 Paragraph Separation
4072 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4074 name "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
4079 \begin_inset Index idx
4082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4083 Paragraph ! Separation
4091 \begin_layout Standard
4092 To separate paragraphs, select
4103 \begin_inset space ~
4110 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4114 \begin_inset Index idx
4117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4123 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
4124 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
4125 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
4128 \begin_layout Standard
4138 \begin_layout Standard
4139 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
4140 \begin_inset space ~
4144 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4146 reference "cap:Units"
4151 The default length is 30
4152 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
4158 \begin_layout Subsection
4162 \begin_layout Standard
4163 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4166 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4168 \begin_inset space ~
4173 dialog and toggle the
4176 \begin_inset space ~
4181 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
4184 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
4188 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4189 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
4193 \begin_layout Standard
4194 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4195 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4198 \begin_layout Subsection
4200 \begin_inset Index idx
4203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4204 Paragraph ! Line spacing
4212 \begin_layout Standard
4215 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4219 \begin_inset Index idx
4222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4231 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
4234 \begin_inset space ~
4243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4244 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4249 \begin_inset Index idx
4252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4253 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4258 installed to use this feature.
4266 \begin_layout Section
4267 Paragraph Environments
4268 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4270 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4275 \begin_inset Index idx
4278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4279 Paragraph ! Environments
4285 \begin_inset Index idx
4288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4289 Paragraph environments|(
4297 \begin_layout Subsection
4301 \begin_layout Standard
4302 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4305 \begin_layout Standard
4324 \begin_inset Newline newline
4327 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4328 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4329 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4338 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4341 \begin_layout Standard
4342 A paragraph environment is simply a
4343 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4347 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4350 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4351 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4352 scheme, labels, and so on.
4353 Additionally, you can
4354 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4358 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4361 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4362 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4363 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4364 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4365 days of typewriters.
4366 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4368 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4371 \begin_layout Standard
4372 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4373 \begin_inset Graphics
4374 filename ../clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4380 at the left end of the toolbar.
4381 LyX will change the environment of the
4385 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4386 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4387 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4391 \begin_layout Standard
4400 create a new paragraph using the
4404 paragraph environment.
4406 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4410 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4413 because if you are in one of these environments:
4416 \begin_layout Itemize
4422 \begin_layout Itemize
4428 \begin_layout Itemize
4434 \begin_layout Itemize
4440 \begin_layout Itemize
4446 \begin_layout Itemize
4452 \begin_layout Itemize
4458 \begin_layout Standard
4459 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4463 , rather than resetting it to
4468 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4469 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4470 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4471 \begin_inset space ~
4475 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4477 reference "sec:Nesting"
4482 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4487 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4488 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4492 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4498 \begin_layout Subsection
4502 \begin_layout Standard
4503 The default paragraph environment is
4508 It creates a plain paragraph.
4509 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4510 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4511 this manual) are in the
4518 \begin_layout Standard
4519 You can nest a paragraph using the
4523 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4531 \begin_layout Subsection
4533 \begin_inset Index idx
4536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4545 \begin_layout Standard
4546 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4548 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4552 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4555 for thanks or contact information.
4556 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4557 page along with today's date.
4558 For other types of documents, the title
4559 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4563 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4566 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4570 \begin_layout Standard
4571 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4585 Here's how you use them:
4588 \begin_layout Itemize
4589 Put the title of your document in the
4596 \begin_layout Itemize
4597 Put the author name in the
4604 \begin_layout Itemize
4605 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4606 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4612 Note that using this environment is optional.
4613 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4614 If you don't want any date, add the line
4615 \begin_inset Newline newline
4625 \begin_inset Newline newline
4628 to the preamble of your document (menu
4630 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4636 \begin_layout Standard
4637 You can use footnotes to insert
4638 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4642 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4645 or contact information.
4648 \begin_layout Subsection
4650 \begin_inset Index idx
4653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4660 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4669 \begin_layout Standard
4670 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4671 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4674 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4676 \begin_inset Index idx
4679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4680 Section headings ! Numbered
4688 \begin_layout Standard
4689 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4693 \begin_layout Enumerate
4699 \begin_layout Enumerate
4705 \begin_layout Enumerate
4711 \begin_layout Enumerate
4717 \begin_layout Enumerate
4723 \begin_layout Enumerate
4729 \begin_layout Enumerate
4735 \begin_layout Standard
4736 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4737 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4738 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4741 \begin_layout Standard
4742 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4743 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4744 You group the book into chapters.
4745 LyX does similar grouping:
4748 \begin_layout Itemize
4753 is divided in either
4764 \begin_layout Itemize
4776 \begin_layout Itemize
4788 \begin_layout Itemize
4800 \begin_layout Itemize
4812 \begin_layout Itemize
4824 \begin_layout Standard
4825 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4833 Not all document types use the
4837 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4842 is the top-level heading.
4850 \begin_layout Standard
4855 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4856 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4858 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4860 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4864 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4870 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4872 \begin_inset Index idx
4875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4876 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4884 \begin_layout Standard
4885 The unnumbered section headings have a
4886 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4890 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4893 at the end of their name.
4894 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but will not appear in
4895 the table of contents, see section
4896 \begin_inset space ~
4900 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4909 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4910 Changing the Numbering
4911 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4913 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4920 \begin_layout Standard
4921 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4922 in the Table of Contents.
4923 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4925 Certain classes start with
4939 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4949 This is something you can change.
4952 \begin_layout Standard
4955 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4961 \begin_inset Index idx
4964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4975 \begin_inset space ~
4979 \begin_inset space ~
4984 you'll see two counters.
4989 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4991 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4995 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4996 Short Titles of Headings
4997 \begin_inset Index idx
5000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5001 Section headings ! Short titles
5007 \begin_inset Argument
5010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5017 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5019 name "sec:Short-Titles"
5026 \begin_layout Standard
5027 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
5028 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
5029 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
5030 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
5033 \begin_layout Standard
5034 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
5035 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
5036 avoiding the problem mentioned.
5037 To specify a short title, use the menu
5039 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5041 \begin_inset space ~
5047 This will insert a box labeled
5048 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5052 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5063 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
5064 This also works for captions inside floats.
5067 \begin_layout Standard
5068 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
5071 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5075 \begin_layout Standard
5076 The following information applies to all section headings:
5079 \begin_layout Itemize
5080 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
5083 \begin_layout Itemize
5084 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
5087 \begin_layout Itemize
5088 You can only use inline math in these environments.
5091 \begin_layout Itemize
5092 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
5095 \begin_layout Subsection
5096 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
5099 \begin_layout Standard
5100 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
5114 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
5115 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
5116 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
5117 the text they contain.
5118 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
5126 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
5129 \begin_layout Standard
5130 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
5139 when you start a new paragraph.
5140 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
5144 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
5145 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
5146 to change back to the
5150 environment yourself.
5153 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5163 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5170 \begin_inset Index idx
5173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5182 \begin_layout Standard
5183 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5184 time for the differences.
5193 are identical except for one difference:
5197 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5206 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5209 \begin_layout Standard
5210 Here's an example of the
5223 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5225 See – no indentation!
5229 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5230 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5231 the other paragraph.
5234 \begin_layout Standard
5235 Here's another example, this time in the
5242 \begin_layout Quotation
5248 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
5249 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5250 the first line, then
5254 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5258 you were quoting other text.
5261 \begin_layout Quotation
5262 Here's a new paragraph.
5263 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5264 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5267 \begin_layout Standard
5268 As the examples show,
5272 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5273 They should put quotes in the
5278 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5282 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5285 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5291 \begin_inset Index idx
5294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5303 \begin_inset Index idx
5306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5313 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5322 \begin_layout Standard
5327 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5333 \begin_inset Newline newline
5336 Which I did not rehearse!
5340 It could be much worse.
5341 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5343 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5344 indented a bit more than the first.
5345 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5351 \begin_inset Newline newline
5354 And make things look fine
5355 \begin_inset Newline newline
5361 arg "newline-insert newline"
5367 \begin_layout Standard
5372 does not indent both margins.
5373 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5374 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5381 arg "newline-insert newline"
5387 \begin_layout Subsection
5389 \begin_inset Index idx
5392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5399 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5408 \begin_layout Standard
5409 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5419 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5428 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5429 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5430 some general features of all four of them.
5433 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5437 \begin_layout Standard
5438 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5440 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5449 reset the environment to
5453 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5454 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5455 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5459 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5462 to break paragraphs.
5465 \begin_layout Standard
5466 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5467 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5469 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5470 you read all of section
5471 \begin_inset space ~
5475 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5477 reference "sec:Nesting"
5485 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5491 \begin_inset Index idx
5494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5501 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5510 \begin_layout Standard
5511 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5515 paragraph environment.
5516 It has the following properties:
5519 \begin_layout Itemize
5520 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5524 \begin_layout Itemize
5525 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5528 \begin_layout Itemize
5529 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5533 \begin_layout Itemize
5534 The items can have any length.
5535 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5536 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5543 \begin_layout Itemize
5548 environment inside another
5552 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5556 \begin_layout Itemize
5557 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5560 \begin_layout Itemize
5561 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5564 \begin_layout Itemize
5566 \begin_inset space ~
5570 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5572 reference "sec:Nesting"
5576 for a full explanation of nesting.
5580 \begin_layout Standard
5581 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5590 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5593 \begin_layout Standard
5594 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5595 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5598 \begin_layout Itemize
5599 The label for the first level
5603 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5607 \begin_layout Itemize
5608 The label for the second level is a dash.
5612 \begin_layout Itemize
5613 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5617 \begin_layout Itemize
5618 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5622 \begin_layout Itemize
5623 Back out to the third level.
5627 \begin_layout Itemize
5628 Back to the second level.
5632 \begin_layout Itemize
5633 Back to the outermost level.
5636 \begin_layout Standard
5637 These are the default labels for an
5642 You can customize these labels in the
5644 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5647 dialog in the submenu
5654 \begin_inset Index idx
5657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5666 \begin_layout Standard
5667 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5668 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5670 \begin_inset space ~
5674 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5676 reference "sec:Nesting"
5683 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5689 \begin_inset Index idx
5692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5699 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5701 name "sec:Enumerate"
5708 \begin_layout Standard
5713 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5714 It has these properties:
5717 \begin_layout Enumerate
5718 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5722 \begin_layout Enumerate
5723 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5727 \begin_layout Enumerate
5728 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5731 \begin_layout Enumerate
5736 environment resets the counter to one.
5739 \begin_layout Enumerate
5752 \begin_layout Enumerate
5753 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5754 Items can have any length.
5757 \begin_layout Enumerate
5758 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5761 \begin_layout Enumerate
5762 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5765 \begin_layout Enumerate
5766 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5770 \begin_layout Standard
5779 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5780 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5787 \begin_layout Enumerate
5788 The first level of an
5792 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5796 \begin_layout Enumerate
5797 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5801 \begin_layout Enumerate
5802 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5806 \begin_layout Enumerate
5807 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5810 \begin_layout Enumerate
5811 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5816 \begin_layout Enumerate
5817 Back to the third level
5821 \begin_layout Enumerate
5822 Back to the second level.
5826 \begin_layout Enumerate
5827 Back to the outermost level.
5830 \begin_layout Standard
5831 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5836 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5841 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5845 \begin_layout Standard
5846 There is more to nesting
5850 environments than we've stated here.
5851 You should read section
5852 \begin_inset space ~
5856 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5858 reference "sec:Nesting"
5862 to learn more about nesting.
5865 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5871 \begin_inset Index idx
5874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5883 \begin_layout Standard
5884 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5888 list has no fixed label.
5889 Instead, LyX uses the first
5890 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5894 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5897 of the first line as the label.
5901 \begin_layout Description
5902 Example: This is an example of the
5909 \begin_layout Standard
5910 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5914 \begin_layout Standard
5916 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5920 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5923 it is meant that the first hit of the
5927 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5929 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5937 arg "space-insert protected"
5942 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5943 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5945 \begin_inset space ~
5951 \begin_inset space ~
5955 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5957 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5961 for more info.) Here is an example:
5964 \begin_layout Description
5966 \begin_inset space ~
5969 Example: This one shows how to use a
5972 \begin_inset space ~
5984 \begin_layout Description
5985 Usage: You should use the
5989 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5990 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5992 It's not a good idea to use a
5996 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5997 You're better off using
6009 paragraphs into them.
6012 \begin_layout Description
6013 Nesting: You can nest
6017 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6021 \begin_layout Standard
6022 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
6023 them from the first line.
6026 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6032 \begin_inset Index idx
6035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6044 \begin_layout Standard
6049 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
6052 \begin_layout Standard
6053 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6061 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
6066 environment is named
6078 \begin_layout Standard
6087 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
6088 There are the following properties of this list environment:
6091 \begin_layout Labeling
6092 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6094 \begin_inset space ~
6097 labels LyX uses the first
6098 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6102 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6105 of each line as the item label.
6110 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
6111 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
6112 blank as described above.
6115 \begin_layout Labeling
6116 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6117 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
6118 the body of the item text.
6119 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
6120 label width plus a little extra space.
6124 \begin_layout Labeling
6125 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6127 \begin_inset space ~
6130 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
6132 If the label width is larger, the label
6133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6140 into the first line.
6141 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
6142 margin of the rest of the item text.
6145 \begin_layout Labeling
6146 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6148 \begin_inset space ~
6151 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
6156 environment have the same left margin.
6157 \begin_inset Newline newline
6160 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
6163 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6165 \begin_inset space ~
6174 \begin_inset space ~
6179 determines the default label width.
6180 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
6182 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6186 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6189 multiple times instead.
6190 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
6192 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6199 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6202 \begin_inset space ~
6207 every time you alter a label in a
6212 \begin_inset Newline newline
6215 The predefined default width is the length of
6216 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6220 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6225 \begin_inset Newline newline
6229 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6237 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
6238 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
6246 \begin_layout Standard
6251 environment the same way like the
6255 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6261 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6265 \begin_layout Standard
6270 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6272 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6274 \begin_inset space ~
6278 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6280 reference "sec:Nesting"
6284 to learn about nesting.
6287 \begin_layout Standard
6288 There is yet another feature of the
6292 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6294 You can use additional
6298 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6303 are documented in section
6304 \begin_inset space ~
6308 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6310 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6315 Here are some examples:
6316 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
6322 \begin_layout Labeling
6323 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6324 Left The default for
6331 \begin_layout Labeling
6332 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6333 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6340 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6343 \begin_layout Labeling
6344 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6345 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6349 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6356 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6359 \begin_layout Subsection
6361 \begin_inset Index idx
6364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6373 \begin_layout Standard
6374 To use the features described in this section, you must load the module
6377 Customisable Lists (enumitem)
6379 in the document settings.
6380 This loads the features of the LaTeX-package
6385 \begin_inset Index idx
6388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6389 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6397 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6398 Custom Enumerate Lists
6399 \begin_inset Index idx
6402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6403 Lists ! Enumerate ! Custom
6411 \begin_layout Standard
6413 The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding an optional
6416 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6419 ) to the first item of each level in the list.
6420 There you add the command
6423 \begin_layout Standard
6431 \begin_layout Standard
6432 in TeX Code (shortcut
6442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6443 For more about TeX Code, look at section
6444 \begin_inset space ~
6448 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6450 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
6463 is hereby the counter of the enumeration in the first level.
6470 outputs the counter as small Roman numeral.
6471 For capital Roman numerals replace in the command above
6484 For Arabic numerals use
6492 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6499 items with capital or small Latin letters use
6514 \begin_layout Standard
6516 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6524 You can only number 26
6525 \begin_inset space ~
6528 items with Latin letters, because this numbering is limited to single letters.
6536 \begin_layout Standard
6537 To change the numbering for the list sublevels, replace the 'i' in the command
6538 by the small Roman numeral of the level (enumi, enumii, enumiii, enumiv).
6541 \begin_layout Standard
6542 As example a list with custom numbering:
6545 \begin_layout Enumerate
6546 \begin_inset Argument
6549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6575 \begin_layout Enumerate
6576 \begin_inset Argument
6579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6602 \begin_layout Enumerate
6607 \begin_layout Enumerate
6608 \begin_inset Argument
6611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6635 \begin_layout Enumerate
6636 \begin_inset Argument
6639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6665 \begin_layout Standard
6666 For this list these commands were used:
6669 \begin_layout Standard
6680 \begin_inset Newline newline
6688 \begin_inset Newline newline
6696 \begin_inset Newline newline
6706 \begin_layout Standard
6713 makes the label emphasized and
6722 \begin_layout Standard
6723 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6731 When you changed the label of a list level, it will be used for all following
6732 lists until you change the definition.
6740 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6742 \begin_inset Index idx
6745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6748 Lists ! Enumerate ! Resumed
6756 \begin_layout Standard
6757 Enumerations can be resumed after intermediate paragraphs:
6760 \begin_layout Enumerate
6761 \begin_inset Argument
6764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6783 \begin_inset Note Note
6786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6789 goes back to default numbering
6797 \begin_layout Enumerate
6801 \begin_layout Standard
6805 \begin_layout Enumerate-Resume
6809 \begin_layout Standard
6810 To resume an enumeration, use the style
6815 Its numbering appears in blue within LyX to indicate that it is a resumed
6816 list and that the numbering will not be correct in LyX, but in the output.
6819 \begin_layout Standard
6820 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6828 If there is no previous enumeration to resume, you will get a LaTeX error.
6836 \begin_layout Standard
6837 Perhaps you might want to resume the list with a different number than the
6839 Or you want to start a new enumeration with a defined number.
6840 This is possible by adding an optional argument to the first list item
6841 of a normal new enumeration.
6842 There insert the command
6845 \begin_layout Standard
6851 \begin_layout Standard
6856 is the number with which you want to resume the list.
6860 \begin_layout Enumerate
6864 \begin_layout Enumerate
6868 \begin_layout Standard
6869 Enumeration starting at a given value:
6872 \begin_layout Enumerate
6873 \begin_inset Argument
6876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6892 This enumeration starts at 4
6895 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6897 \begin_inset Index idx
6900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6909 \begin_layout Standard
6910 In some cases you might want less or more vertical space between the items
6912 For example the default space is too much in your opinion in this case:
6915 \begin_layout Itemize
6919 \begin_layout Itemize
6920 with standard spacing
6923 \begin_layout Standard
6924 You can decrease the space by adding an optional argument to the first item
6926 There add the command
6930 to get no additional list space like in this example:
6933 \begin_layout Itemize
6934 \begin_inset Argument
6937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6956 \begin_layout Itemize
6960 \begin_layout Itemize
6964 \begin_layout Standard
6965 To add space you can use several other commands provided by the LaTeX-package
6971 \begin_inset Index idx
6974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6975 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6981 For more info see its documentation,
6982 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
6991 \begin_layout Standard
6992 There are also many commands available to change the horizontal spacing
6994 Here is an example where the indentation was changed to the one of the
6995 paragraphs in the document and the label separation was set to 2
6996 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6999 cm so that the number is in the page margin:
7002 \begin_layout Enumerate
7003 \begin_inset Argument
7006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7014 parindent, labelsep=2cm
7027 \begin_layout Enumerate
7028 with negative indentation
7031 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7032 Further Customization
7033 \begin_inset Index idx
7036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7045 \begin_layout Standard
7046 You can also change the style of description lists.
7050 \begin_layout Standard
7056 \begin_layout Standard
7057 changes the description label font, the command
7060 \begin_layout Standard
7066 \begin_layout Standard
7067 sets the list style.
7070 \begin_layout Standard
7071 An example where the command
7074 \begin_layout Standard
7079 itshape, style=nextline
7082 \begin_layout Standard
7086 \begin_layout Description
7088 \begin_inset space ~
7092 \begin_inset Argument
7095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7101 labelindent=0pt, labelsep=1cm, font=
7103 itshape, style=nextline
7113 Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are
7114 energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules, therefore
7118 \begin_layout Description
7120 \begin_inset space ~
7123 counting: In computer science, reference counting is a technique of storing
7124 the number of references, pointers, or handles to a resource such as an
7125 object, block of memory, disk space or other resource.
7128 \begin_layout Standard
7129 There are many more commands and features provided by the LaTeX-package
7135 \begin_inset Index idx
7138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7141 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
7147 For more info see its documentation,
7148 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
7157 \begin_layout Subsection
7159 \begin_inset Index idx
7162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7171 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7179 \begin_inset space ~
7187 \begin_layout Standard
7188 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
7196 \begin_inset space ~
7202 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
7203 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
7204 In contrast, you can use the
7211 \begin_inset space ~
7216 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
7217 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
7221 \begin_layout Standard
7222 Of course, you're not limited to using
7229 \begin_inset space ~
7238 \begin_inset space ~
7243 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
7244 some European academic papers.
7247 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7249 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7251 name "sec:Address-Usage"
7258 \begin_layout Standard
7263 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
7264 for the opening and signature in some countries.
7268 \begin_inset space ~
7273 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
7274 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
7275 Here's an example of each:
7278 \begin_layout Right Address
7280 \begin_inset Newline newline
7284 \begin_inset Newline newline
7288 \begin_inset Newline newline
7291 When is it? What is today?
7294 \begin_layout Standard
7298 \begin_inset space ~
7304 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
7305 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
7306 Here's an example of the
7313 \begin_layout Address
7315 \begin_inset Newline newline
7318 Where do I send this
7319 \begin_inset Newline newline
7322 Your post office and country
7325 \begin_layout Standard
7326 As you can see, both
7333 \begin_inset space ~
7338 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
7343 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
7349 This makes sense, since
7357 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
7358 Thus, you have to use
7365 arg "newline-insert newline"
7371 \begin_inset space ~
7374 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7376 \begin_inset space ~
7385 menu) to start a new line in an
7392 \begin_inset space ~
7400 \begin_layout Subsection
7404 \begin_layout Standard
7405 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
7406 or list of references.
7407 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
7410 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7414 \begin_inset Index idx
7417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7426 \begin_layout Standard
7431 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
7432 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7433 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
7434 Also, don't bother trying to nest
7438 in anything else or vice versa.
7444 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
7445 The book document classes ignores the
7449 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
7453 in a letter document class.
7456 \begin_layout Standard
7461 environment does several things for you.
7462 First, it puts the centered label
7463 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7471 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
7473 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
7474 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
7475 the subsequent text.
7476 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
7477 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
7480 \begin_layout Standard
7481 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
7485 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7486 The new paragraph will still be in the
7491 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
7492 finish entering the abstract of your document.
7495 \begin_layout Standard
7496 \begin_inset Float figure
7501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7503 \begin_inset Graphics
7504 filename ../clipart/Abstract.pdf
7511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7512 \begin_inset Caption
7514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7515 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7517 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
7538 \begin_layout Standard
7539 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
7543 environment, but since this document is in the
7544 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7548 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7551 class, we can't do this.
7552 We inserted it therefore as figure
7553 \begin_inset space ~
7557 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7559 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
7564 If you've never heard of an
7565 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7569 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7572 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
7575 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7581 \begin_inset Index idx
7584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7591 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7593 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
7600 \begin_layout Standard
7605 environment is used to list references.
7606 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7607 only use it at the end of the document.
7612 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
7615 \begin_layout Standard
7616 When you first open a
7620 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
7621 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7625 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7629 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7633 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7636 depending on the document class.
7637 The heading is in a large boldface font.
7638 Each paragraph of the
7642 environment is a bibliography entry.
7647 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7648 Each new paragraph is still in the
7655 \begin_layout Standard
7656 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
7657 by using a BibTeX database.
7658 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
7659 phy handling, have a look at in section
7660 \begin_inset space ~
7664 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7666 reference "sec:Bibliography"
7673 \begin_layout Subsection
7677 \begin_inset Index idx
7680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7681 Paragraph ! LyX code
7687 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7696 \begin_layout Standard
7701 environment is another LyX extension.
7702 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
7707 key as a fixed whitespace;
7711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7723 \begin_inset space ~
7728 instead of an end-of-word marker.
7733 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
7734 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
7737 arg "newline-insert newline"
7754 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7755 So, when you finish using the
7759 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
7760 Also, you can nest the
7764 environment inside of others.
7767 \begin_layout Standard
7768 There are a few quirks with this environment:
7771 \begin_layout Itemize
7775 arg "newline-insert newline"
7778 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
7779 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7783 \begin_inset space \space{}
7793 arg "newline-insert newline"
7799 \begin_layout Itemize
7803 arg "newline-insert newline"
7814 \begin_layout Itemize
7819 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
7826 \begin_layout Itemize
7830 arg "space-insert protected"
7837 \begin_layout Itemize
7838 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
7839 You must put at least one
7843 in any line you want blank.
7844 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
7847 \begin_layout Itemize
7848 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
7852 since that will insert
7857 You get the typewriter double quotes with
7860 arg "self-insert \""
7866 \begin_layout Standard
7870 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7874 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7878 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7882 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7886 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7887 printf("Hello World!
7892 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7896 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7900 \begin_layout Standard
7901 This is just the standard
7902 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7913 \begin_layout Standard
7918 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
7919 rc-files, and so on.
7920 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
7921 as if you used a typewriter.
7922 \begin_inset Index idx
7925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7926 Paragraph environments|)
7931 For longer parts of programming code, use the listings inset that is described
7934 Program Code Listings
7943 \begin_layout Section
7944 Nesting Environments
7945 \begin_inset Index idx
7948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7949 Nesting ! Environments
7955 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7964 \begin_layout Subsection
7968 \begin_layout Standard
7969 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
7971 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
7973 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
7975 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
7977 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7981 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7987 \begin_layout Enumerate
7991 \begin_layout Enumerate
7996 \begin_layout Enumerate
8000 \begin_layout Enumerate
8005 \begin_layout Enumerate
8009 \begin_layout Standard
8010 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
8011 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
8014 \begin_inset space ~
8018 \begin_inset space ~
8026 \begin_inset space ~
8030 \begin_inset space ~
8039 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
8040 will tell you how far you are nested).
8041 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
8042 \begin_inset Graphics
8043 filename ../../images/depth-increment.png
8048 \begin_inset Graphics
8049 filename ../../images/depth-decrement.png
8053 or the convenient key bindings
8064 arg "depth-increment"
8070 arg "depth-decrement"
8073 to change the nesting level.
8074 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
8075 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
8079 \begin_layout Standard
8080 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
8081 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
8082 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
8083 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
8086 \begin_layout Standard
8087 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
8088 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
8090 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
8093 \begin_layout Subsection
8094 What You Can and Can't Nest
8097 \begin_layout Standard
8098 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
8099 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
8102 \begin_layout Standard
8103 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
8104 complicated than a simple yes or no.
8105 There are three types of paragraph environments:
8108 \begin_layout Itemize
8109 Completely unnestable
8112 \begin_layout Itemize
8113 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
8117 \begin_layout Itemize
8118 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
8122 \begin_layout Standard
8123 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
8124 environments have them:
8127 \begin_layout Description
8128 Unnestable Can't nest them.
8129 Can't nest into them.
8133 \begin_layout Itemize
8139 \begin_layout Itemize
8145 \begin_layout Itemize
8151 \begin_layout Itemize
8157 \begin_layout Itemize
8164 \begin_layout Description
8166 \begin_inset space ~
8169 Nestable You can nest them.
8170 You can nest other things into them.
8174 \begin_layout Itemize
8180 \begin_layout Itemize
8186 \begin_layout Itemize
8192 \begin_layout Itemize
8198 \begin_layout Itemize
8204 \begin_layout Itemize
8210 \begin_layout Itemize
8216 \begin_layout Itemize
8223 \begin_layout Description
8224 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
8225 You can't nest anything into them.
8229 \begin_layout Itemize
8235 \begin_layout Itemize
8241 \begin_layout Itemize
8247 \begin_layout Itemize
8253 \begin_layout Itemize
8259 \begin_layout Itemize
8265 \begin_layout Itemize
8271 \begin_layout Itemize
8277 \begin_layout Itemize
8283 \begin_layout Itemize
8289 \begin_layout Itemize
8295 \begin_layout Itemize
8301 \begin_layout Itemize
8307 \begin_layout Itemize
8311 \begin_inset space ~
8317 \begin_layout Itemize
8324 \begin_layout Standard
8325 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8333 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
8342 \begin_inset space ~
8346 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8350 \begin_inset space \space{}
8353 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
8354 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
8355 section headings violate this.
8363 \begin_layout Subsection
8364 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
8365 \begin_inset Index idx
8368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8369 Nesting ! Tables etc.
8377 \begin_layout Standard
8378 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
8379 affected by nesting anyhow.
8383 \begin_layout Itemize
8387 \begin_layout Itemize
8391 \begin_layout Itemize
8395 \begin_layout Standard
8397 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8405 Figures and tables in
8409 are not affected by this.
8414 Have a look at section
8415 \begin_inset space ~
8419 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8421 reference "sec:Floats"
8425 for more information about
8432 \begin_layout Standard
8433 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
8434 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
8438 \begin_layout Standard
8439 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
8440 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8444 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8447 of its own, it behaves just like a
8448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8455 paragraph environment.
8456 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
8460 \begin_layout Standard
8461 Here's an example with a table:
8464 \begin_layout Enumerate
8469 \begin_layout Enumerate
8470 This is (a) and it's nested.
8474 \begin_layout Standard
8475 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8481 \begin_layout Standard
8483 \begin_inset Tabular
8484 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8485 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8486 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8487 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8571 \begin_layout Standard
8572 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8579 \begin_layout Enumerate
8581 The table is actually nested inside (a).
8585 \begin_layout Enumerate
8589 \begin_layout Standard
8590 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
8593 \begin_layout Enumerate
8598 \begin_layout Enumerate
8599 This is (a) and it's nested.
8603 \begin_layout Standard
8604 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8610 \begin_layout Standard
8612 \begin_inset Tabular
8613 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8614 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8615 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8616 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8700 \begin_layout Standard
8701 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8707 \begin_layout Enumerate
8714 In fact, it's not nested at all.
8717 \begin_layout Enumerate
8721 \begin_layout Standard
8722 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
8726 \begin_layout Standard
8727 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
8729 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
8732 \begin_layout Enumerate
8737 \begin_layout Enumerate
8738 This is (a) and it's nested.
8741 \begin_layout Standard
8742 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8748 \begin_layout Standard
8750 \begin_inset Tabular
8751 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8752 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8753 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8754 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8838 \begin_layout Standard
8839 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8845 \begin_layout Enumerate
8847 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
8855 \begin_layout Enumerate
8859 \begin_layout Standard
8860 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
8866 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
8867 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
8871 \begin_layout Subsection
8872 Usage and General Features
8875 \begin_layout Standard
8876 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
8878 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8882 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8885 is the innermost possible depth.
8886 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
8889 \begin_layout Enumerate
8890 level #1 – outermost
8894 \begin_layout Enumerate
8899 \begin_layout Enumerate
8904 \begin_layout Enumerate
8909 \begin_layout Itemize
8914 \begin_layout Itemize
8923 \begin_layout Standard
8924 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
8925 both of them in the example.
8926 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
8936 For example, if we tried to nest another
8941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8948 , we would get errors.
8951 \begin_layout Subsection
8953 \begin_inset Index idx
8956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8965 \begin_layout Standard
8966 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
8967 We have several examples of nested environments.
8968 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
8972 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8973 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
8976 \begin_layout Labeling
8977 \labelwidthstring MMM
8978 #1-a This is the outermost level.
8987 \begin_layout Labeling
8988 \labelwidthstring MMM
8989 #2-a This is level #2.
8990 We created it by using
8993 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8999 arg "depth-increment"
9006 \begin_layout Labeling
9007 \labelwidthstring MMM
9008 #3-a This is level #3.
9009 This time, we just hit
9016 arg "depth-increment"
9020 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
9024 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9030 arg "depth-increment"
9037 \begin_layout Standard
9042 environment, nested inside of
9043 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9047 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9051 So, it's at level #4.
9052 We did this by hitting
9055 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9061 arg "depth-increment"
9064 , then changing the paragraph environment to
9069 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
9085 \begin_layout Standard
9090 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
9093 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9099 \begin_layout Labeling
9100 \labelwidthstring MMM
9101 #4-a This is level #4.
9105 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9108 and changed the paragraph environment back to
9113 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
9117 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
9122 keep nesting things inside
9123 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9127 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9134 \begin_layout Labeling
9135 \labelwidthstring MMM
9136 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9141 \begin_layout Labeling
9142 \labelwidthstring MMM
9143 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9144 and this is level #6.
9145 By now, you should know how we made these two.
9149 \begin_layout Labeling
9150 \labelwidthstring MMM
9151 #5-b Back to level #5.
9155 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9161 arg "depth-decrement"
9168 \begin_layout Labeling
9169 \labelwidthstring MMM
9173 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9179 arg "depth-decrement"
9182 , we're back at level #4.
9186 \begin_layout Labeling
9187 \labelwidthstring MMM
9188 #3-b Back to level #3.
9189 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
9193 \begin_layout Labeling
9194 \labelwidthstring MMM
9195 #2-b Back to level #2.
9200 \begin_layout Labeling
9201 \labelwidthstring MMM
9202 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
9203 After this sentence, we'll hit
9207 and change the paragraph environment back to
9214 \begin_layout Standard
9215 We could have also used the
9231 environment in place of the
9236 The example would have worked exactly the same.
9239 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9240 Example 2: Inheritance
9243 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9244 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
9247 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9256 arg "depth-increment"
9259 , after which, we'll change to the
9267 \begin_layout Enumerate
9272 environment, at level #2.
9275 \begin_layout Enumerate
9276 Notice how the nested
9280 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
9284 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
9288 \begin_layout Standard
9289 We ended this example by hitting
9294 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
9298 and reset the nesting depth by using
9301 arg "depth-decrement"
9307 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9308 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
9317 \begin_inset Argument
9320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9321 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
9329 \begin_layout Enumerate
9330 This is level #1, in an
9334 paragraph environment.
9335 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
9339 \begin_layout Enumerate
9344 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9350 arg "depth-increment"
9354 Now, what happens if we nest an
9358 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
9359 label be? An asterisk?
9363 \begin_layout Itemize
9373 environment, even though it's at level #3.
9374 So, its label is a bullet.
9375 (We got here by using
9378 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9384 arg "depth-increment"
9387 , then changing the environment to
9395 \begin_layout Itemize
9396 Here's level #4, produced using
9399 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9405 arg "depth-increment"
9409 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9414 \begin_layout Enumerate
9415 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9417 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
9422 Notice the type of numbering, it is
9426 , because we are in the
9435 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9454 \begin_layout Enumerate
9459 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
9460 type of numbering does LyX use?
9463 \begin_layout Enumerate
9464 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
9467 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9470 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
9473 \begin_layout Enumerate
9477 arg "depth-decrement"
9480 to decrease the depth after the next
9483 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9490 \begin_layout Enumerate
9492 Look what type of label LyX is using!
9496 \begin_layout Enumerate
9498 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
9499 numeral as the label.Why?
9502 \begin_layout Enumerate
9503 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
9512 Notice, however, that LyX
9516 reset the counter for the label.
9520 \begin_layout Enumerate
9524 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9530 arg "depth-decrement"
9533 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
9534 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
9535 into the twofold-nested
9543 \begin_layout Enumerate
9544 The same thing happens if we do another
9547 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9553 arg "depth-decrement"
9556 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
9559 \begin_layout Standard
9560 Lastly, we reset the environment to
9565 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
9579 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
9585 The same rule applies for the
9589 environment, as well.
9592 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9593 Example 4: Going Bonkers
9596 \begin_layout Enumerate
9597 We're going to go totally nuts now.
9598 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
9599 same detail with how we did it.
9608 \begin_layout Standard
9616 arg "depth-increment"
9623 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
9624 example in parentheses someplace.
9625 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
9626 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
9627 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
9631 \begin_layout Enumerate
9636 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
9641 Now we'll add verse.
9642 \begin_inset Newline newline
9645 It will get much worse.
9646 \begin_inset Newline newline
9656 arg "depth-increment"
9667 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
9668 \begin_inset Newline newline
9671 Bippitey boppitey boo!
9672 \begin_inset Newline newline
9678 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9691 \begin_layout Standard
9692 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9698 \begin_layout Standard
9700 \begin_inset Tabular
9701 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
9702 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9703 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9704 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
9709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
9747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9793 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9803 arg "depth-increment"
9809 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9819 arg "depth-decrement"
9826 \begin_layout Enumerate
9831 : level #1) This is another item.
9832 Note that selecting a
9836 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
9837 3 times to put the table inside the
9845 \begin_layout Quotation
9846 We're now ending the
9850 list and changing to
9855 We're still at level #1.
9856 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
9857 The next set of paragraphs is a
9858 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9862 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9872 \begin_inset space ~
9877 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
9881 for the letter body.
9885 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9888 to preserve the depth.
9889 Remember that you need to use
9892 arg "newline-insert newline"
9895 to create multiple lines inside the
9902 \begin_inset space ~
9912 \begin_layout Right Address
9914 \begin_inset Newline newline
9917 Moosegroin, MT 00100
9918 \begin_inset Newline newline
9924 \begin_layout Address
9926 \begin_inset space ~
9932 \begin_layout Quotation
9933 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
9934 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9937 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
9938 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
9939 a backlog in our orders for methane.
9940 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
9941 as soon as possible.
9942 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
9945 \begin_layout Quotation
9946 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
9947 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
9948 with your order, along with payment.
9951 \begin_layout Quotation
9952 We thank you again for your patience.
9955 \begin_layout Address
9957 \begin_inset Newline newline
9964 \begin_layout Quotation
9965 That ends that example!
9968 \begin_layout Standard
9969 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
9970 just a few keystrokes.
9971 We could have easily nested an
9992 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
9995 \begin_layout Section
9996 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
9997 \begin_inset Index idx
10000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10009 \begin_layout Standard
10010 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
10011 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
10012 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
10013 be broken at the end of a line.
10014 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
10018 \begin_layout Subsection
10020 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10022 name "sub:Protected-Space"
10027 \begin_inset Index idx
10030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10039 \begin_layout Standard
10040 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
10041 line at that point.
10042 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
10045 \begin_layout Quote
10046 Further documentation is given in section
10047 \begin_inset Newline newline
10051 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10053 reference "sec:Bibliography"
10061 \begin_layout Standard
10062 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
10063 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10067 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10071 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10075 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10077 reference "sec:Bibliography"
10082 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10086 A protected space is set with
10088 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10089 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10093 \begin_inset space ~
10103 arg "space-insert protected"
10109 \begin_layout Subsection
10111 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10113 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10118 \begin_inset Index idx
10121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10122 Spacing ! Horizontal
10130 \begin_layout Standard
10131 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
10133 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10134 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10138 The length units are listed in Appendix
10139 \begin_inset space ~
10143 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10145 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10152 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10154 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10156 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
10161 \begin_inset Index idx
10164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10165 Spaces ! Inter-word
10173 \begin_layout Standard
10175 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10179 \begin_inset space \space{}
10182 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
10183 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
10184 \begin_inset space ~
10188 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10190 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
10195 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
10196 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
10199 arg "space-insert normal"
10205 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10207 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10209 name "sub:Thin-Space"
10214 \begin_inset Index idx
10217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10226 \begin_layout Standard
10228 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10232 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10235 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
10236 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10240 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10244 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
10245 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
10246 inside abbreviations:
10249 \begin_layout Quote
10251 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10255 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
10258 \begin_layout Standard
10259 or between values and units.
10260 Compare for example this:
10261 \begin_inset Newline newline
10265 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10269 \begin_inset Newline newline
10272 10 kg (normal space
10275 \begin_layout Standard
10276 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
10278 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10279 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10281 \begin_inset space ~
10289 arg "space-insert thin"
10295 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10297 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10299 name "sub:More-Spaces"
10306 \begin_layout Standard
10307 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
10310 \begin_layout Description
10312 \begin_inset space ~
10316 \begin_inset space ~
10319 space A line with a
10320 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10324 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
10328 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10331 Negative thin space between the arrows.
10334 \begin_layout Description
10336 \begin_inset space ~
10340 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10344 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10348 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
10352 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10356 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10359 em) space between the arrows.
10362 \begin_layout Description
10364 \begin_inset space ~
10368 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10372 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10376 \begin_inset space \quad{}
10380 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10384 \begin_inset space ~
10388 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10391 em) space between the arrows.
10394 \begin_layout Description
10396 \begin_inset space ~
10400 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10404 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10408 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
10412 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10416 \begin_inset space ~
10420 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10423 em) space between the arrows.
10426 \begin_layout Description
10428 \begin_inset space ~
10432 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10436 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
10441 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10445 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10448 cm space between the arrows.
10451 \begin_layout Standard
10453 \begin_inset space ~
10457 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10459 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
10463 lists the different space sizes.
10466 \begin_layout Standard
10467 \begin_inset Float table
10472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10474 \begin_inset Caption
10476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10477 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10479 name "tab:Width-of-the"
10483 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
10491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10493 \begin_inset Tabular
10494 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
10495 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
10496 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10497 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10537 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10561 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10585 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10609 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10624 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10637 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10652 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10665 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10680 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10693 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10714 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10720 \begin_inset Index idx
10723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10732 \begin_layout Standard
10733 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
10734 in a uniform fashion.
10735 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
10736 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
10737 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
10738 equally between themselves.
10742 \begin_layout Standard
10743 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
10746 \begin_layout Quote
10748 This is on the left side
10749 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10752 This is on the right
10755 \begin_layout Quote
10758 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10762 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10768 \begin_layout Quote
10771 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10775 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10779 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10785 \begin_layout Standard
10786 That was an example in the
10792 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10796 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10800 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10803 is one in a standard paragraph.
10804 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
10808 sitting in-between the two arrows.
10811 \begin_layout Standard
10812 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
10815 \begin_inset space ~
10820 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
10823 \begin_layout Standard
10825 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
10829 \begin_inset space ~
10835 \begin_layout Standard
10837 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
10841 \begin_inset space ~
10847 \begin_layout Standard
10849 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
10853 \begin_inset space ~
10859 \begin_layout Standard
10861 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
10865 \begin_inset space ~
10871 \begin_layout Standard
10873 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
10877 \begin_inset space ~
10883 \begin_layout Standard
10885 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
10889 \begin_inset space ~
10895 \begin_layout Standard
10896 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10904 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
10908 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
10909 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
10910 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
10914 option in the space dialog.
10922 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10924 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10926 name "sub:Phantom-Space"
10931 \begin_inset Index idx
10934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10943 \begin_layout Standard
10944 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
10946 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10950 \begin_inset space \space{}
10953 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
10956 \begin_layout Standard
10957 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10960 What is correct English?:
10961 \begin_inset Newline newline
10965 \begin_inset Newline newline
10969 \begin_inset space ~
10972 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
10973 \begin_inset Newline newline
10977 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10988 \begin_inset Newline newline
10992 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11003 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
11009 \begin_layout Standard
11010 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
11011 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11015 \begin_inset space ~
11019 \begin_inset space ~
11023 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11027 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
11029 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11030 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11034 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
11036 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11040 \begin_inset space ~
11044 \begin_inset space ~
11048 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11051 into the phantom inset (note the space after
11052 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11056 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11060 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
11061 That is why it is named
11062 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11066 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11070 The normal phantom ouputs the width and heigth of the content as space,
11071 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
11075 \begin_layout Subsection
11077 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11079 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
11084 \begin_inset Index idx
11087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11096 \begin_layout Standard
11097 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
11099 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11100 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11102 \begin_inset space ~
11108 There you find the following sizes:
11111 \begin_layout Standard
11124 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
11129 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
11131 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11135 \begin_inset Index idx
11138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11139 Document ! Settings
11144 for the paragraph separation.
11145 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
11156 \begin_layout Standard
11162 \begin_inset Index idx
11165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11171 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
11172 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
11174 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
11175 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
11184 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
11188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11193 s are described in section
11194 \begin_inset space ~
11198 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11200 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
11209 If there are several
11213 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
11214 You can therefore use
11218 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
11221 \begin_layout Standard
11226 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
11227 \begin_inset space ~
11231 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11233 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
11240 \begin_layout Standard
11241 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11251 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
11252 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
11264 \begin_layout Subsection
11265 Paragraph Alignment
11268 \begin_layout Standard
11269 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
11271 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11275 There are five possibilities:
11278 \begin_layout Itemize
11286 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
11292 \begin_layout Itemize
11300 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
11306 \begin_layout Itemize
11314 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
11320 \begin_layout Itemize
11328 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
11334 \begin_layout Itemize
11342 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
11348 \begin_layout Standard
11349 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
11350 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
11351 the left and right margins.
11352 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
11355 \begin_layout Standard
11357 This paragraph is right aligned,
11360 \begin_layout Standard
11362 this one is centered,
11365 \begin_layout Standard
11367 this one is left aligned.
11370 \begin_layout Subsection
11372 \begin_inset Index idx
11375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11376 Page breaks ! Forced
11382 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11384 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
11391 \begin_layout Standard
11392 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
11393 can force a page break where you want one.
11394 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
11395 Only if you use a lot of
11399 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
11402 \begin_layout Standard
11403 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and
11404 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
11408 have to change the page breaking.
11411 \begin_layout Standard
11412 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
11414 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
11416 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11417 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11419 \begin_inset space ~
11425 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
11427 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11428 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11430 \begin_inset space ~
11435 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
11437 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
11438 on which only the last few lines are absent.
11441 \begin_layout Standard
11442 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
11443 at the top of a page.
11444 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
11445 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
11446 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
11447 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
11449 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11451 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
11455 to learn more about
11462 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11464 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11466 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
11471 \begin_inset Index idx
11474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11475 Page breaks ! Clear
11483 \begin_layout Standard
11484 Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed
11485 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
11486 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
11487 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
11488 it, if necessary by adding pages.
11491 \begin_layout Standard
11492 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
11494 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11495 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11497 \begin_inset space ~
11503 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
11505 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11506 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11508 \begin_inset space ~
11512 \begin_inset space ~
11517 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
11518 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
11521 \begin_layout Subsection
11523 \begin_inset Index idx
11526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11533 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11535 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
11542 \begin_layout Standard
11543 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
11545 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
11547 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11548 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11550 \begin_inset space ~
11554 \begin_inset space ~
11562 arg "newline-insert newline"
11566 Another type that is inserted via the menu
11568 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11569 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11571 \begin_inset space ~
11575 \begin_inset space ~
11580 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
11582 This is necessary to avoid
11583 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11587 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11590 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
11593 \begin_layout Standard
11594 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
11595 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
11596 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
11597 set a line break, e.
11598 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11602 \begin_inset space \space{}
11605 in a poem or for an address (see sections
11606 \begin_inset space ~
11610 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11612 reference "sec:Quote"
11617 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11619 reference "sec:Verse"
11624 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11626 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
11633 \begin_layout Subsection
11635 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11637 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
11642 \begin_inset Index idx
11645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11654 \begin_layout Standard
11656 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11667 \begin_layout Standard
11670 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11671 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11673 \begin_inset space ~
11678 you can insert horizontal lines.
11679 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
11680 of the current text line or the paragraph.
11681 The line settings can be changed by left-clicking on the line.
11684 \begin_layout Standard
11686 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11697 \begin_layout Standard
11701 \begin_layout Section
11702 Characters and Symbols
11705 \begin_layout Standard
11706 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
11707 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
11708 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11712 \begin_inset space \space{}
11715 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
11717 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11721 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11723 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
11727 for information on how this is done.
11730 \begin_layout Standard
11731 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
11736 dialog via the menu
11738 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11739 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11745 \begin_layout Standard
11746 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11754 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
11755 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
11756 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
11764 \begin_layout Section
11765 Fonts and Text Styles
11766 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11768 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
11775 \begin_layout Subsection
11777 \begin_inset Index idx
11780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11789 \begin_layout Standard
11790 There are two types of fonts:
11793 \begin_layout Description
11795 \begin_inset space ~
11799 \begin_inset Index idx
11802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11808 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.
11809 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11813 characters) in the font.
11814 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
11815 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
11816 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
11817 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
11818 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
11819 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
11820 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
11821 \begin_inset Newline newline
11824 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
11825 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
11826 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
11827 sizes than at small ones.
11828 \begin_inset Newline newline
11842 \begin_inset space ~
11850 \begin_layout Description
11852 \begin_inset space ~
11856 \begin_inset Index idx
11859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11865 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
11866 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
11867 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
11868 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
11869 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
11870 picture manipulation program.
11871 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
11872 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
11873 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
11874 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
11875 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
11877 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
11878 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
11879 \begin_inset Newline newline
11882 Bitmap fonts are named
11885 \begin_inset space ~
11890 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
11893 \begin_layout Standard
11894 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
11895 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
11896 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
11897 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
11898 use scalable fonts.
11901 \begin_layout Standard
11902 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
11903 its document properties.
11906 \begin_layout Standard
11907 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
11908 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
11909 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
11910 font to emphasize text, you use an
11911 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11915 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11919 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
11920 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
11924 \begin_layout Subsection
11926 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11928 name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11935 \begin_layout Standard
11936 Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts.
11937 That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
11938 operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
11940 The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
11941 which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
11942 The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
11943 to usual word processors.
11944 On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
11945 are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
11946 across different machines.
11947 Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a
11948 lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial
11950 In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
11952 \begin_inset space ~
11956 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11958 reference "sub:Document-Font"
11963 However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code
11964 in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
11968 \begin_layout Standard
11969 Furthermore, recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are
11970 also able to directly access fonts that are installed for your operating
11971 system (OS), namely XeTeX and LuaTeX.
11972 Both engines are now supported by LyX.
11973 By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
11974 that is installed on your system.
11975 The next section describes how to use these OS fonts.
11978 \begin_layout Standard
11979 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11987 In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
11988 es; so you might have to experiment.
11996 \begin_layout Standard
11997 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12005 XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
12006 as traditional LaTeX or PDFTeX.
12014 \begin_layout Subsection
12015 Document Font and Font size
12016 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12018 name "sub:Document-Font"
12023 \begin_inset Index idx
12026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12033 \begin_inset Index idx
12036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12045 \begin_layout Standard
12046 You can set the document fonts in the
12048 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12052 \begin_inset Index idx
12055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12056 Document ! Settings
12062 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
12063 font shapes roman (serif),
12066 \begin_inset space ~
12078 \begin_layout Standard
12079 The possible options for the font include
12083 and a list of fonts available on your system.
12088 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
12089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12095 \begin_inset space ~
12101 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12109 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12114 European Computer Modern
12117 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12127 \begin_layout Standard
12136 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
12137 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
12141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12142 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
12145 \begin_inset space ~
12150 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
12156 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
12157 There are three ways to use one:
12160 \begin_layout Itemize
12164 \begin_inset space ~
12169 fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
12182 \begin_inset space ~
12187 was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
12191 as the default font.
12192 It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
12193 Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
12196 \begin_inset space ~
12209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12210 One difference is improved kerning.
12218 \begin_layout Itemize
12222 \begin_inset space ~
12226 \begin_inset space ~
12231 fonts in (the rare) case that
12234 \begin_inset space ~
12239 is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
12254 Virtual means that it
12255 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12259 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12266 -glyphs from other fonts.
12267 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
12269 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12273 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12277 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12289 Loading the LaTeX-package
12294 \begin_inset Index idx
12297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12300 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
12305 with the document preamble line
12306 \begin_inset Newline newline
12313 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
12314 \begin_inset Newline newline
12319 will fix the guillemet problem.
12324 and that accented characters are not
12328 glyph, but build of
12332 characters, the accent and the letter.
12333 Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
12339 If you search for example for the French word
12340 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12344 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12347 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
12349 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12356 and not for the glyph
12357 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12361 \begin_inset space ~
12365 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12371 \begin_layout Itemize
12372 If you do not like the look of
12380 , you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
12381 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12385 \begin_inset space ~
12391 \begin_inset space ~
12403 Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
12404 \begin_inset space ~
12407 serif and typewriter fonts
12411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12412 These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
12413 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12419 \begin_inset space ~
12428 for sans serif text), or different shapes of the same font, i.
12429 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12433 \begin_inset space \space{}
12441 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12445 \begin_inset space \space{}
12451 \begin_inset space ~
12459 \begin_inset space ~
12469 , but you can also select your own.
12470 \begin_inset Newline newline
12473 The differences between roman,
12476 \begin_inset space ~
12485 fonts are explained in section
12486 \begin_inset space ~
12490 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12492 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12497 \begin_inset Newline newline
12503 \begin_inset space ~
12508 was originally designed for newspapers.
12509 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
12510 into the small newspaper columns.
12514 \begin_inset space ~
12519 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
12522 \begin_layout Standard
12523 For the font size there are four possible values:
12540 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
12543 \begin_layout Standard
12544 The font sizes are the
12549 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
12550 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
12551 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
12554 \begin_inset space ~
12560 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
12561 \begin_inset space ~
12565 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12567 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12574 \begin_layout Standard
12579 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
12580 a font to display the script characters.
12584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12585 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
12590 So this has no effect for the document language
12606 \begin_layout Standard
12607 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
12611 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12619 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
12623 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
12624 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
12625 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
12627 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12630 dialog, see section
12631 \begin_inset space ~
12635 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12637 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
12649 \begin_layout Subsection
12650 Using Different Character Styles
12651 \begin_inset Index idx
12654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12661 \begin_inset Index idx
12664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12673 \begin_layout Standard
12674 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
12675 certain paragraph environments.
12676 LyX supports two character styles,
12685 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
12689 \begin_layout Standard
12694 style, do one of the following:
12697 \begin_layout Itemize
12698 click on the toolbar button
12699 \begin_inset Graphics
12700 filename ../../images/font-noun.png
12707 \begin_layout Itemize
12708 use the key binding
12717 \begin_layout Standard
12718 These commands are all toggles.
12723 style is already active, they deactivate it.
12726 \begin_layout Standard
12727 One typically uses the
12731 style for proper names.
12733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12740 is the original author of LyX.
12741 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12747 \begin_layout Standard
12748 A more widely used character style is the
12753 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
12760 \begin_layout Itemize
12761 clicking on the toolbar button
12762 \begin_inset Graphics
12763 filename ../../images/font-emph.png
12770 \begin_layout Itemize
12771 using the keybindings
12780 \begin_layout Standard
12785 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
12786 es use a different font.
12789 \begin_layout Standard
12790 We've been using the
12794 style all over the place in this document.
12795 Here's one more example:
12798 \begin_layout Quotation
12801 Don't overuse character styles!
12804 \begin_layout Standard
12805 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
12806 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
12807 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
12808 the common tendency to overuse character style.
12812 \begin_layout Standard
12813 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
12821 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12823 \begin_inset space ~
12831 \begin_layout Subsection
12832 Fine-Tuning with the
12837 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12839 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12844 \begin_inset Index idx
12847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12856 \begin_layout Standard
12857 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
12858 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
12859 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
12860 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
12861 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
12862 from ordinary dialog.
12865 \begin_layout Standard
12866 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
12867 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
12868 \begin_inset Newline newline
12871 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
12872 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
12875 \begin_layout Standard
12876 To use custom character styles, open the
12878 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12880 \begin_inset space ~
12886 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
12887 font property which you can choose.
12888 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
12891 \begin_inset space ~
12896 , which keeps the current state of that property.
12901 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
12902 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
12903 environments in a snap.
12906 \begin_layout Standard
12907 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
12910 \begin_inset space ~
12922 \begin_layout Labeling
12923 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12937 The possible options are:
12941 \begin_layout Labeling
12942 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12947 This is the Roman font family.
12948 Normally a serif font.
12949 It's also the default family.
12959 \begin_layout Labeling
12960 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12964 \begin_inset space ~
12971 This is the Sans Serif font family.
12983 \begin_layout Labeling
12984 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12991 This is the Typewriter font family.
12997 arg "font-typewriter"
13006 \begin_layout Labeling
13007 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13012 This corresponds to the print weight.
13017 \begin_layout Labeling
13018 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13023 This is the Medium font series.
13024 It's also the default series.
13027 \begin_layout Labeling
13028 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13035 This is the Bold font series.
13048 \begin_layout Labeling
13049 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13054 As the name implies.
13059 \begin_layout Labeling
13060 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13065 This is the Upright font shape.
13066 It's also the default shape.
13069 \begin_layout Labeling
13070 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13084 s the Italic font shape
13090 \begin_layout Labeling
13091 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13098 This is the Slanted font shape
13100 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
13103 \begin_layout Labeling
13104 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13108 \begin_inset space ~
13115 This is the Small caps font shape
13122 \begin_layout Labeling
13123 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13128 Alters the size of the font.
13129 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
13130 nal to the document font size.
13131 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
13132 what you want to do.
13137 \begin_layout Labeling
13138 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13150 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13159 arg "font-size tiny"
13165 \begin_layout Labeling
13166 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13174 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13178 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13187 arg "font-size scriptsize"
13193 \begin_layout Labeling
13194 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13202 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13206 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13215 arg "font-size footnotesize"
13221 \begin_layout Labeling
13222 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13243 arg "font-size small"
13249 \begin_layout Labeling
13250 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13256 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13260 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13264 It's also the default size.
13268 arg "font-size normal"
13274 \begin_layout Labeling
13275 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13283 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13287 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13296 arg "font-size large"
13302 \begin_layout Labeling
13303 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13311 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13315 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13324 arg "font-size larger"
13330 \begin_layout Labeling
13331 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13339 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13343 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13352 arg "font-size largest"
13358 \begin_layout Labeling
13359 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13367 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13371 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13380 arg "font-size huge"
13386 \begin_layout Labeling
13387 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13395 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13399 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13408 arg "font-size giant"
13415 \begin_layout Standard
13420 : don't go crazy with this feature.
13421 You should almost never need to change the font size.
13422 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
13423 — use that instead.
13424 This is here for fine-tuning only!
13427 \begin_layout Labeling
13428 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13433 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
13438 \begin_layout Labeling
13439 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13446 This is text with emphasize on
13449 This might seem like the same as
13453 , but it is actually a bit different.
13459 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
13461 Normally this font is equal to italic.
13464 \begin_layout Labeling
13465 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13472 This is text with Underbar on.
13478 arg "font-underline"
13484 \begin_inset Newline newline
13489 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
13490 when you couldn't change fonts.
13491 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
13492 It's only included in LyX because some people
13496 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
13499 \begin_layout Labeling
13500 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13507 This is text with Noun on.
13514 , this is a logical attribute.
13515 Normally it's equivalent to
13518 \begin_inset space ~
13527 \begin_layout Labeling
13528 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13533 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
13534 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
13538 \begin_inset space ~
13543 , which is the default
13544 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13548 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13551 and means normally black, you can choose between
13584 \begin_inset Index idx
13587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13596 \begin_layout Labeling
13597 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13602 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
13603 the language of the document.
13604 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
13608 \begin_layout Standard
13609 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
13610 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
13612 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13614 \begin_inset space ~
13619 dialog, the settings are saved.
13620 You can activate them using the toolbar button
13621 \begin_inset Graphics
13622 filename ../../images/textstyle-apply.png
13627 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
13628 when the dialog isn't visible.
13632 \begin_layout Standard
13633 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
13640 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
13641 (suppose you just set the shape to
13642 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13646 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13650 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13654 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13660 \begin_inset space ~
13672 \begin_layout Standard
13673 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
13681 \begin_inset space ~
13693 \begin_layout Itemize
13699 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13703 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13706 font, that means every character has the same width, the
13707 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13711 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13715 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13719 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13724 \begin_inset Newline newline
13728 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
13731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13742 \begin_inset Note Note
13745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13746 For more on phantoms see section
13747 \begin_inset space ~
13751 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13753 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
13763 \begin_inset Newline newline
13769 \begin_layout Itemize
13774 fonts use characters with serifs.
13775 These are the small
13776 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13780 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13783 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
13784 The following example will show the difference:
13785 \begin_inset Newline newline
13789 \begin_inset Newline newline
13794 text without serifs
13797 \begin_inset Newline newline
13800 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
13801 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
13808 \begin_layout Itemize
13814 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
13815 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
13818 \begin_layout Standard
13819 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
13820 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
13823 \begin_layout Section
13824 Printing and Previewing
13827 \begin_layout Subsection
13831 \begin_layout Standard
13832 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
13833 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
13834 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
13835 goes on behind-the-scenes.
13836 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
13838 Additional Features
13843 \begin_layout Standard
13844 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
13845 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
13846 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
13847 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
13848 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
13849 This happens in two stages:
13852 \begin_layout Enumerate
13853 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
13854 generating a file with the extension,
13855 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13863 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13869 \begin_layout Enumerate
13870 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
13874 file to produce printable output.
13878 \begin_layout Subsection
13879 Output file formats
13880 \begin_inset Index idx
13883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13890 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13892 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
13899 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13901 \begin_inset Index idx
13904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13905 File formats ! ASCII
13913 \begin_layout Standard
13914 This file type has the extension
13915 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13923 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13927 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
13928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13931 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
13932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13938 \begin_layout Standard
13939 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
13941 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13942 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13948 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13950 \begin_inset Index idx
13953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13954 File formats ! LaTeX
13962 \begin_layout Standard
13963 This file type has the extension
13964 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13972 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13975 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
13977 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
13978 it manually with console commands.
13979 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
13980 you view or export your document.
13983 \begin_layout Standard
13984 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
13986 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13987 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14004 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14006 \begin_inset Index idx
14009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14018 \begin_layout Standard
14019 This file type has the extension
14020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14028 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14040 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
14041 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
14042 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
14046 \begin_layout Standard
14047 DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
14048 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
14049 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
14050 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
14052 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
14055 \begin_layout Standard
14056 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
14058 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14059 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14065 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14067 \begin_inset Index idx
14070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14071 File formats ! PostScript
14079 \begin_layout Standard
14080 This file type has the extension
14081 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14089 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14093 PostScript was developed by the company
14097 as a printer language.
14098 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
14100 PostScript can be seen as a
14101 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14104 programming language
14105 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14108 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
14112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14113 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
14119 \begin_inset Index idx
14122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14123 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
14133 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
14136 \begin_layout Standard
14137 PostScript can only contain images in the format
14138 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14141 Encapsulated PostScript
14142 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14145 (EPS, file extension
14146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14154 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14158 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
14159 to convert them in the background to EPS.
14161 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14164 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
14165 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14168 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
14169 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
14170 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
14171 EPS to avoid this problem.
14174 \begin_layout Standard
14175 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
14177 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14178 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14184 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14186 \begin_inset Index idx
14189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14196 \begin_inset Index idx
14199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14208 \begin_layout Standard
14209 This file type has the extension
14210 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14218 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14226 Portable Document Format
14227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14234 was derived from PostScript.
14235 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
14237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14244 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
14245 looks exactly the same.
14248 \begin_layout Standard
14249 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
14250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14253 Joint Photographic Experts Group
14254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14257 (JPG, file extension
14258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14266 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14270 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14278 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14282 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14285 Portable Network Graphics
14286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14289 (PNG, file extension
14290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14302 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
14303 in the background to one of these formats.
14304 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
14305 will slow down your workflow.
14306 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
14309 \begin_layout Standard
14310 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
14312 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14315 in three different ways:
14318 \begin_layout Description
14319 PDF This uses the program
14323 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
14324 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
14328 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
14329 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
14332 \begin_layout Description
14334 \begin_inset space ~
14337 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
14341 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
14345 \begin_layout Description
14347 \begin_inset space ~
14350 (pdflatex) This uses the program pdftex that converts your file directly
14354 \begin_layout Description
14356 \begin_inset space ~
14363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14370 X) This uses the program XeTeX that converts your file directly to PDF.
14371 XeTeX is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support
14372 for direct font access (see section
14373 \begin_inset space ~
14377 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14379 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14384 It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts.
14387 \begin_layout Description
14389 \begin_inset space ~
14396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14403 X) This uses the program LuaTeX that converts your file directly to PDF.
14404 LuaTeX is an even newer engine, derived from pdflatex, that also provides
14405 direct Unicode support and support for direct font access (see section
14406 \begin_inset space ~
14410 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14412 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14417 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
14421 \begin_layout Standard
14422 We recommend to use
14425 \begin_inset space ~
14434 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
14435 works without problems.
14440 is no longer under development and therefore a bit outdated.
14443 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14445 \begin_inset Index idx
14448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14449 FileFormats ! XHTML
14455 \begin_inset Index idx
14458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14467 \begin_layout Standard
14468 This file type has the extension
14469 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14477 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14481 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
14482 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
14483 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
14484 suitable for the purpose.
14485 Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support
14486 it, but not all do.
14489 \begin_layout Standard
14490 XHTML output remains
14491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14495 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14498 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
14500 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14503 LyX and the World Wide Web
14504 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14509 Additional Features
14511 manual, for more information.
14514 \begin_layout Standard
14515 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
14517 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14518 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14524 \begin_layout Subsection
14526 \begin_inset Index idx
14529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14538 \begin_layout Standard
14539 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
14540 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
14544 and choose a file type.
14545 A viewing program will pop up showing the output.
14548 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14551 you can use the toolbar button
14552 \begin_inset Graphics
14553 filename ../../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
14560 arg "buffer-view dvi"
14565 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14567 \begin_inset space ~
14573 \begin_inset Graphics
14574 filename ../../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
14580 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14584 \begin_inset Graphics
14585 filename ../../images/buffer-view_ps.png
14592 arg "buffer-view ps"
14598 \begin_layout Standard
14599 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
14600 viewer window using the menu
14602 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14608 \begin_layout Standard
14609 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
14611 To have a real output, export your document.
14614 \begin_layout Subsection
14615 Printing the File from within LyX
14616 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14618 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
14625 \begin_layout Standard
14626 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
14627 it directly from within LyX.
14628 To print a file, select the menu
14630 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14633 or click on the toolbar button
14634 \begin_inset Graphics
14635 filename ../../images/dialog-show_print.png
14640 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
14641 This file is then processed by the program
14645 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
14650 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
14653 \begin_layout Standard
14654 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
14655 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
14656 printing one set to print on the other side.
14657 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
14658 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
14659 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
14662 \begin_layout Standard
14663 You can set the parameters in the
14666 \begin_inset space ~
14674 \begin_layout Labeling
14675 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14680 This is the name of the printer to print to.
14684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14685 Note that this printer name is for the program
14694 has to be configured for this printer name.
14695 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
14696 \begin_inset space ~
14700 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14702 reference "sub:Printer"
14711 The printer should understand PostScript.
14714 \begin_layout Labeling
14715 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14720 The name of a file to print to.
14721 The output will be a PostScript file.
14722 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
14726 \begin_layout Section
14727 A few Words about Typography
14728 \begin_inset Index idx
14731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14740 \begin_layout Subsection
14742 \begin_inset Index idx
14745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14754 \begin_layout Standard
14756 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14767 character comes in four lengths: the
14779 , and the minus sign:
14780 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
14786 \begin_layout Standard
14787 \begin_inset Tabular
14788 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
14789 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
14790 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14791 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14792 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14793 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14822 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14845 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14853 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14862 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14887 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14889 \begin_inset space ~
14892 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14899 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14924 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14926 \begin_inset space ~
14929 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14950 \begin_inset Formula $-$
14958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14962 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14970 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14984 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
14990 \begin_layout Standard
14991 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
14992 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15000 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15003 character multiple times in a row.
15004 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
15005 the final output, but not in LyX.
15007 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15011 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15015 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15019 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15023 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15027 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15031 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15037 \begin_layout Standard
15038 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
15039 math mode and has a length of its own.
15040 Here are some examples of the
15041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15049 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15055 \begin_layout Enumerate
15056 line- and page-breaks
15057 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15067 \begin_layout Enumerate
15069 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15079 \begin_layout Enumerate
15080 Oh — there's a dash.
15081 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15091 \begin_layout Enumerate
15092 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
15096 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15106 \begin_layout Subsection
15108 \begin_inset Index idx
15111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15118 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15120 name "sub:Hyphenation"
15127 \begin_layout Standard
15128 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
15129 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
15134 \begin_inset Index idx
15137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15138 LaTeX-packages ! babel
15143 following the rules of the document language
15147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15148 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
15156 \begin_inset space ~
15160 \begin_inset space ~
15167 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15178 \begin_layout Standard
15179 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
15184 font and with unusual constructs, like
15185 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15189 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15193 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
15194 This is done with the menu
15196 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15197 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15199 \begin_inset space ~
15205 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
15206 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
15209 \begin_layout Standard
15210 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
15211 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
15213 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15221 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
15222 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15226 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15229 as a hyphenation possibility.
15230 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
15231 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
15232 as described in section
15233 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15236 Prevent Hyphenation
15237 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15247 \begin_layout Subsection
15249 \begin_inset Index idx
15252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15261 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15262 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
15263 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15265 name "sub:Abbreviations"
15272 \begin_layout Standard
15273 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
15274 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
15275 LaTeX then adds the
15276 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15279 appropriate amount of space
15280 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15284 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
15286 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
15289 \begin_layout Standard
15290 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
15291 not work in all cases.
15293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15301 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15304 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
15305 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
15308 \begin_layout Standard
15309 Here are some examples of
15313 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
15316 \begin_layout Itemize
15321 \begin_layout Itemize
15326 \begin_layout Standard
15327 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
15330 \begin_layout Itemize
15332 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15336 this is too much space!
15339 \begin_layout Itemize
15344 \begin_layout Standard
15345 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
15348 \begin_layout Standard
15349 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
15352 \begin_layout Enumerate
15356 \begin_inset space ~
15361 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
15362 \begin_inset space ~
15366 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15368 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
15373 \begin_inset Index idx
15376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15377 Spaces ! inter-word
15385 \begin_layout Enumerate
15389 \begin_inset space ~
15394 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
15395 \begin_inset space ~
15399 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15401 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
15406 \begin_inset Index idx
15409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15418 \begin_layout Enumerate
15422 \begin_inset space ~
15426 \begin_inset space ~
15430 \begin_inset space ~
15437 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15439 \begin_inset space ~
15444 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
15445 This function is also bound to
15448 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
15454 \begin_layout Standard
15455 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
15458 \begin_layout Itemize
15460 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15464 \begin_inset space \space{}
15467 this is too much space!
15470 \begin_layout Itemize
15471 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
15475 \begin_layout Standard
15476 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
15477 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
15478 will take care of this.
15481 \begin_layout Standard
15482 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
15486 \begin_inset space ~
15491 feature described in section
15497 Additional Features
15502 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15504 \begin_inset Index idx
15507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15508 Typography ! Quotes
15514 \begin_inset Index idx
15517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15548 \begin_layout Standard
15549 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
15550 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
15551 and use a closing quote at the end.
15553 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15557 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15561 The keyboard character,
15565 , generates this automatically.
15568 \begin_layout Standard
15569 You can change the behavior of the
15573 key using the submenu
15579 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15583 \begin_inset Index idx
15586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15587 Document ! Settings
15595 \begin_layout Standard
15596 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
15601 There are six choices:
15604 \begin_layout Labeling
15605 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15612 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15617 Use quotes like this
15618 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15622 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15626 \begin_inset Quotes els
15630 \begin_inset Quotes ers
15636 \begin_layout Labeling
15637 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15640 \begin_inset Quotes sld
15644 \begin_inset Quotes srd
15650 \begin_inset Quotes sld
15654 \begin_inset Quotes srd
15658 \begin_inset Quotes ers
15664 \begin_layout Labeling
15665 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15668 \begin_inset Quotes gld
15672 \begin_inset Quotes grd
15678 \begin_inset Quotes gld
15682 \begin_inset Quotes grd
15686 \begin_inset Quotes gls
15690 \begin_inset Quotes grs
15696 \begin_layout Labeling
15697 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15700 \begin_inset Quotes pld
15704 \begin_inset Quotes prd
15710 \begin_inset Quotes pld
15714 \begin_inset Quotes prd
15718 \begin_inset Quotes pls
15722 \begin_inset Quotes prs
15728 \begin_layout Labeling
15729 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15732 \begin_inset Quotes fld
15736 \begin_inset Quotes frd
15742 \begin_inset Quotes fld
15746 \begin_inset Quotes frd
15750 \begin_inset Quotes fls
15754 \begin_inset Quotes frs
15760 \begin_layout Labeling
15761 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15764 \begin_inset Quotes ald
15768 \begin_inset Quotes ard
15774 \begin_inset Quotes ald
15778 \begin_inset Quotes ard
15782 \begin_inset Quotes als
15786 \begin_inset Quotes ars
15792 \begin_layout Standard
15793 These settings affect what character the
15800 \begin_layout Subsection
15802 \begin_inset Index idx
15805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15806 Typography ! Ligatures
15812 \begin_inset Index idx
15815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15844 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15846 name "sub:Ligatures"
15853 \begin_layout Standard
15854 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
15855 print them as single characters.
15856 These groups are known as
15861 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
15863 Here are the standard ligatures:
15866 \begin_layout Itemize
15870 \begin_layout Itemize
15874 \begin_layout Itemize
15878 \begin_layout Itemize
15882 \begin_layout Itemize
15886 \begin_layout Standard
15887 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
15890 \begin_layout Standard
15891 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
15892 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
15893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15900 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
15901 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15905 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15909 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15913 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15916 To break a ligature, use
15918 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15919 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15921 \begin_inset space ~
15928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15936 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15939 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
15941 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15945 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15949 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15953 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15956 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
15958 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15964 \begin_layout Subsection
15966 \begin_inset Index idx
15969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15976 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15978 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
15985 \begin_layout Standard
15986 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
15987 characters in different sizes and heights.
15988 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
15989 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
15990 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16005 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16009 \begin_inset Note Note
16012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16013 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
16014 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16018 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16021 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
16022 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
16027 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
16031 \begin_layout Description
16032 LyX The name of the game, write
16033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16048 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16054 \begin_layout Description
16055 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
16056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16071 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16077 \begin_layout Description
16078 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
16079 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16094 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16100 \begin_layout Description
16101 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
16102 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16117 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16123 \begin_layout Standard
16124 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
16125 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16129 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
16133 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16137 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
16138 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
16139 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
16142 : The actual version is
16143 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16147 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16150 , the previous one was
16151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16161 \begin_layout Standard
16162 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
16163 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16167 \begin_inset space \space{}
16170 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
16172 This will look in LyX like:
16173 \begin_inset Graphics
16174 filename ../clipart/LaTeX.png
16180 \begin_inset Newline newline
16183 For more about TeX Code, look at section
16184 \begin_inset space ~
16188 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16190 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
16197 \begin_layout Subsection
16199 \begin_inset Index idx
16202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16211 \begin_layout Standard
16212 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
16213 space between two words.
16214 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
16217 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16221 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16224 for units use the menu
16226 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16227 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16229 \begin_inset space ~
16237 arg "space-insert thin"
16243 \begin_layout Standard
16244 Here's an example to show the differences:
16247 \begin_layout Standard
16248 \begin_inset Tabular
16249 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
16250 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16251 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16252 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16259 \begin_inset space ~
16263 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16275 space between number and unit
16282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16287 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16291 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16303 half space between number and unit
16316 \begin_layout Subsection
16318 \begin_inset Index idx
16321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16322 Typography ! Widows and orphans
16330 \begin_layout Standard
16331 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
16333 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
16334 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
16335 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
16336 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
16337 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
16338 These bits of text became known as
16349 \begin_layout Standard
16350 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
16351 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
16352 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
16353 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
16354 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
16355 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
16356 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
16359 \begin_layout Standard
16360 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
16361 or how you can tweak that behavior.
16362 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
16363 \begin_inset space ~
16367 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16369 key "latexcompanion"
16374 \begin_inset space ~
16378 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16384 ] may have more information.
16385 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
16388 \begin_layout Chapter
16389 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
16390 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16392 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
16399 \begin_layout Standard
16400 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
16405 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
16408 \begin_layout Section
16410 \begin_inset Index idx
16413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16420 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16429 \begin_layout Standard
16430 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
16433 \begin_layout Description
16435 \begin_inset space ~
16438 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
16439 \begin_inset Newline newline
16443 \begin_inset Note Note
16446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16447 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
16455 \begin_layout Description
16456 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
16457 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
16459 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16460 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16461 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
16464 \begin_inset Newline newline
16468 \begin_inset Note Comment
16471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16472 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
16480 \begin_layout Description
16482 \begin_inset space ~
16485 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
16486 \begin_inset Newline newline
16490 \begin_inset Newline newline
16494 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16503 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
16504 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
16505 How this can be done is explained in the
16514 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
16520 \begin_inset Newline newline
16524 \begin_inset Newline newline
16527 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
16528 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
16531 \begin_layout Standard
16532 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
16533 \begin_inset Graphics
16534 filename ../../images/note-insert.png
16536 scaleBeforeRotation
16542 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16546 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
16549 \begin_layout Section
16551 \begin_inset Index idx
16554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16561 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16563 name "sec:Footnotes"
16570 \begin_layout Standard
16571 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
16574 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16577 or the toolbar button
16578 \begin_inset Graphics
16579 filename ../../images/footnote-insert.png
16592 \begin_inset Graphics
16593 filename ../clipart/footnoteQt4.png
16602 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
16612 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16620 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16631 label, the box will
16635 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
16636 Clicking on the box label again, will close
16649 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
16665 \begin_layout Standard
16666 Here's an example footnote:
16674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16675 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
16683 \begin_layout Standard
16684 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
16685 position where the footnote box is placed.
16686 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
16687 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
16688 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
16689 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
16690 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
16695 ey are described in the
16702 \begin_layout Section
16704 \begin_inset Index idx
16707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16714 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16716 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
16723 \begin_layout Standard
16724 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
16725 When you insert a margin note via the menu
16727 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16729 \begin_inset space ~
16734 or the toolbar button
16735 \begin_inset Graphics
16736 filename ../../images/marginalnote-insert.png
16756 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16760 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16763 appearing within your text.
16764 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
16773 \begin_layout Standard
16774 At the side is an example marginal note.
16778 \begin_inset Marginal
16781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16782 This is a marginal note.
16790 \begin_layout Standard
16791 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
16792 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
16793 pages, right on odd pages.
16796 \begin_layout Section
16797 Graphics and Images
16798 \begin_inset Index idx
16801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16808 \begin_inset Index idx
16811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16818 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16820 name "sec:Graphics"
16827 \begin_layout Standard
16828 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
16829 you want and click on the toolbar icon
16830 \begin_inset Graphics
16831 filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
16837 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16841 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
16844 \begin_layout Standard
16845 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
16850 tab allows you to choose your image file.
16851 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
16853 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
16854 \begin_inset space ~
16858 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16860 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
16867 \begin_layout Standard
16872 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
16873 of the image in the output.
16874 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
16878 \begin_inset space ~
16882 \begin_inset space ~
16891 \begin_inset space ~
16895 \begin_inset space ~
16899 \begin_inset space ~
16904 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
16905 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
16913 \begin_layout Standard
16916 LaTeX and LyX options
16918 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
16919 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
16923 \begin_inset space ~
16928 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
16929 with the image size is printed.
16933 \begin_inset space ~
16937 \begin_inset space ~
16941 \begin_inset space ~
16946 is explained in the
16957 \begin_layout Standard
16958 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
16959 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
16961 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
16965 \begin_layout Standard
16967 \begin_inset Graphics
16968 filename ../clipart/mobius.eps
16970 rotateOrigin center
16977 \begin_layout Standard
16978 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
16979 the image into a float, see section
16980 \begin_inset space ~
16984 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16986 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
16993 \begin_layout Subsection
16995 \begin_inset Index idx
16998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17005 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17007 name "sub:Image-Formats"
17014 \begin_layout Standard
17015 You can insert images in any known file format.
17016 But as we explained in section
17017 \begin_inset space ~
17021 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17023 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17027 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
17028 LyX uses therefore the program
17032 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
17033 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
17034 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
17035 \begin_inset space ~
17039 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17041 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17048 \begin_layout Standard
17049 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
17052 \begin_layout Description
17054 \begin_inset space ~
17057 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
17058 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
17059 Well-known bitmap image formats are
17060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17063 Graphics Interchange Format
17064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17067 (GIF, file extension
17068 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17076 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17080 \begin_inset Index idx
17083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17112 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17115 Portable Network Graphics
17116 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17119 (PNG, file extension
17120 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17128 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17132 \begin_inset Index idx
17135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17164 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17167 Joint Photographic Experts Group
17168 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17171 (JPG, file extension
17172 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17184 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17192 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17196 \begin_inset Index idx
17199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17230 \begin_layout Description
17232 \begin_inset space ~
17235 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
17237 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
17238 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
17239 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
17240 \begin_inset Newline newline
17243 Scalable image formats can be
17244 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17247 Scalable Vector Graphics
17248 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17251 (SVG, file extension
17252 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17260 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17264 \begin_inset Index idx
17267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17296 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17299 Encapsulated PostScript
17300 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17303 (EPS, file extension
17304 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17312 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17316 \begin_inset Index idx
17319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17348 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17351 Portable Document Format
17352 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17355 (PDF, file extension
17356 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17364 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17368 \begin_inset Index idx
17371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17378 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
17379 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
17380 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
17385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17386 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
17394 \begin_layout Standard
17395 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
17399 \begin_layout Subsection
17400 Grouping of Image Settings
17401 \begin_inset Index idx
17404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17405 Images ! Settings grouping
17413 \begin_layout Standard
17414 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
17416 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
17417 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
17419 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
17420 need to manually change each of them.
17424 \begin_layout Standard
17425 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
17428 \begin_inset space ~
17433 field in the Graphics dialog.
17434 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
17435 by checking the name of the desired group.
17438 \begin_layout Section
17440 \begin_inset Index idx
17443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17450 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17459 \begin_layout Standard
17460 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
17461 \begin_inset Graphics
17462 filename ../../images/tabular-insert.png
17469 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17473 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
17474 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
17475 from the rest of the table.
17476 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
17477 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
17479 Here's an example table:
17482 \begin_layout Standard
17484 \begin_inset Tabular
17485 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
17486 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
17487 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17488 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17489 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
17490 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17690 \begin_layout Subsection
17694 \begin_layout Standard
17695 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
17696 brings up the table dialog.
17697 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
17698 where the cursor is placed currently.
17699 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
17700 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
17701 done on all of your selection.
17704 \begin_layout Standard
17705 Additionally to the table dialog, the
17708 \begin_inset space ~
17713 helps you in setting table properties.
17714 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
17717 \begin_layout Standard
17721 \begin_inset space ~
17726 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
17727 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
17728 current cell respectively.
17729 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
17731 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
17732 of text, see section
17733 \begin_inset space ~
17737 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17739 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
17746 \begin_layout Standard
17747 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
17748 using the check box
17757 This will merge the cells to
17761 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
17762 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
17763 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
17764 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
17765 in the last row without the upper border:
17768 \begin_layout Standard
17770 \begin_inset Tabular
17771 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
17772 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
17773 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17774 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
17775 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
17776 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17787 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17796 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17872 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17907 \begin_layout Standard
17908 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
17909 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
17910 explained in the tables section of the
17913 \begin_inset space ~
17919 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
17920 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
17923 degrees counterclockwise.
17924 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
17927 \begin_layout Standard
17928 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
17931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17936 Most DVI-viewers are
17940 able to display rotations.
17948 \begin_layout Standard
17953 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
17958 adds lines for all cell borders.
17961 \begin_layout Subsection
17963 \begin_inset Index idx
17966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17967 Tables ! Longtables
17973 \begin_inset Index idx
17976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17985 \begin_layout Standard
17986 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
17989 \begin_inset space ~
17993 \begin_inset space ~
18002 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
18003 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
18006 \begin_layout Description
18011 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18012 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
18013 except for the first page, if
18016 \begin_inset space ~
18024 \begin_layout Description
18028 \begin_inset space ~
18033 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18034 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
18037 \begin_layout Description
18042 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18043 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
18044 except for the last page, if
18047 \begin_inset space ~
18055 \begin_layout Description
18059 \begin_inset space ~
18064 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18065 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
18068 \begin_layout Description
18069 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
18070 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
18072 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18076 More about longtable captions can be found in the
18079 \begin_inset space ~
18087 \begin_layout Standard
18088 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
18089 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
18090 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
18091 The others will then be defined as
18096 In this context, first means first in this order:
18099 \begin_inset space ~
18111 \begin_inset space ~
18117 See the following longtable to see how it works:
18120 \begin_layout Standard
18122 \begin_inset Tabular
18123 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
18124 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
18125 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
18126 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18127 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18128 <row endfirsthead="true">
18129 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18135 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
18140 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18149 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18159 <row endfirsthead="true">
18160 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18171 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18180 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18192 <row endhead="true">
18193 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18204 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18213 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18223 <row endhead="true">
18224 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18235 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18244 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18256 <row endfoot="true">
18257 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18268 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18277 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18308 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19249 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19258 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19267 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19278 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19309 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19340 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19371 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19402 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19433 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19464 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19495 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19526 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19557 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19588 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19619 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19650 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19681 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19712 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19743 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19774 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19805 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19836 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19867 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19898 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19929 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19960 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19991 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20022 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20053 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20084 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20115 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20146 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20177 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20208 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20238 <row endlastfoot="true">
20239 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20250 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
20253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20259 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20276 \begin_layout Subsection
20278 \begin_inset Index idx
20281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20288 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20290 name "sub:Table-Cells"
20297 \begin_layout Standard
20298 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
20299 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
20300 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
20301 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
20305 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
20306 for the cell's paragraph.
20309 \begin_layout Standard
20310 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
20311 for the column in the table dialog.
20312 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
20313 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
20317 \begin_layout Standard
20319 \begin_inset Tabular
20320 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
20321 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20322 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20323 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
20324 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20344 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20413 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20469 This is longer now.
20474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20525 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20526 This is longer now.
20531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20557 \begin_layout Standard
20558 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
20559 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
20563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20564 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
20565 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
20571 Selection with the mouse or with
20575 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
20576 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
20577 the selection from outside the table.
20580 \begin_layout Section
20582 \begin_inset Index idx
20585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20592 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20601 \begin_layout Standard
20602 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
20603 have a fixed location.
20605 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20609 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20612 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
20620 \begin_inset space ~
20625 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
20626 too many notes on the page.
20629 \begin_layout Standard
20630 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
20631 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
20632 and pages without text.
20633 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
20634 , every float can be referenced in the text.
20635 Floats are therefore numbered.
20636 Referencing is described in section
20637 \begin_inset space ~
20641 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20643 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20650 \begin_layout Standard
20651 To insert a float, use the menu
20653 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20657 A box with a caption that has e.
20658 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20662 \begin_inset space \space{}
20666 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20670 \begin_inset space ~
20674 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20677 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
20678 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
20680 After the label you can insert the caption text.
20681 \begin_inset Index idx
20684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20690 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
20691 paragraph within the float.
20692 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
20693 by left-clicking on the box label.
20694 A closed float box looks like this:
20695 \begin_inset Graphics
20696 filename ../clipart/floatQt4.png
20701 – a gray button with a red label.
20704 \begin_layout Standard
20705 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
20706 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
20709 \begin_layout Subsection
20713 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20715 \begin_inset Index idx
20718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20719 Floats ! Figure floats
20725 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20727 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
20734 \begin_layout Standard
20737 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20738 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20741 inserts a float with the label
20742 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20748 \begin_inset space ~
20754 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20758 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
20759 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
20760 This is what we did for Figure
20761 \begin_inset space ~
20765 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20767 reference "cap:Platypus"
20772 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
20773 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
20774 This was done in Figure
20775 \begin_inset space ~
20779 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20781 reference "cap:Escher"
20788 \begin_layout Standard
20789 \begin_inset Float figure
20794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20796 \begin_inset Graphics
20797 filename ../clipart/platypus.eps
20799 rotateOrigin center
20806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20807 \begin_inset Caption
20809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20810 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20812 name "cap:Platypus"
20816 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
20829 \begin_layout Standard
20830 \begin_inset Float figure
20835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20836 \begin_inset Caption
20838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20839 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20856 \begin_inset Graphics
20857 filename ../clipart/escher-lsd.eps
20859 rotateOrigin center
20871 \begin_layout Standard
20872 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
20874 As described in section
20875 \begin_inset space ~
20879 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20881 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20885 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
20887 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20890 and refer to it using the menu
20892 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20896 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
20898 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20902 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20905 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
20907 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20911 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20917 \begin_layout Standard
20918 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
20919 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
20920 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
20921 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
20923 \begin_inset space ~
20927 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20929 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
20933 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
20934 You can also set the images one below the other.
20936 \begin_inset space ~
20940 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20942 reference "fig:Undefinable"
20947 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20949 reference "fig:Platypus"
20953 are the subfigures.
20956 \begin_layout Standard
20957 \begin_inset Float figure
20962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20963 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20967 \begin_inset Float figure
20972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20973 \begin_inset Caption
20975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20976 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20978 name "fig:Undefinable"
20990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20991 \begin_inset Graphics
20992 filename ../clipart/escher-lsd.eps
21003 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21007 \begin_inset Float figure
21012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21013 \begin_inset Caption
21015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21016 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21018 name "fig:Platypus"
21030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21031 \begin_inset Graphics
21032 filename ../clipart/platypus.eps
21044 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21051 \begin_inset Caption
21053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21054 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21056 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
21060 Two distorted images.
21073 \begin_layout Standard
21074 Note that the caption is added to the
21077 \begin_inset space ~
21081 \begin_inset space ~
21086 as described in section
21087 \begin_inset space ~
21091 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21093 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
21100 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21102 \begin_inset Index idx
21105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21106 Floats ! Table floats
21114 \begin_layout Standard
21115 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
21117 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21118 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21122 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
21125 \begin_inset space ~
21129 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21131 reference "cap:Table-float"
21135 is an example of a table float.
21138 \begin_layout Standard
21139 \begin_inset Float table
21144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21145 \begin_inset Caption
21147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21148 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21150 name "cap:Table-float"
21162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21164 \begin_inset Tabular
21165 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
21166 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21167 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21168 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21169 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21296 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
21304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21317 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21320 \end{array}\right]$
21328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21341 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
21362 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21364 \begin_inset Index idx
21367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21368 Floats ! Algorithm floats
21376 \begin_layout Standard
21377 This float type is inserted with the menu
21379 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21380 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21384 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
21385 A possible environment for algorithms is the
21389 , described in section
21390 \begin_inset space ~
21394 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21396 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
21403 \begin_layout Standard
21404 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21412 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
21418 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
21421 \begin_layout Standard
21426 floatname{algorithm}{your
21427 \begin_inset space ~
21433 \begin_layout Standard
21434 to the document preamble (menu
21436 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21443 \begin_inset space ~
21449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21457 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21463 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21465 \begin_inset Index idx
21468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21469 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
21477 \begin_layout Standard
21478 \begin_inset Wrap figure
21485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21486 \begin_inset Graphics
21487 filename ../clipart/mobius.eps
21489 rotateOrigin center
21496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21497 \begin_inset Caption
21499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21500 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21502 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
21506 This is a wrapped figure.
21507 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21520 This float type is used if you want to
21521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21528 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
21530 It can be inserted using the menu
21532 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21533 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21535 \begin_inset space ~
21540 if the LaTeX-package
21545 \begin_inset Index idx
21548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21549 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
21558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21559 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
21562 \begin_inset space ~
21572 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
21575 \begin_inset space ~
21579 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21581 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
21585 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
21586 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21594 Available units are explained in Appendix
21595 \begin_inset space ~
21599 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21601 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
21610 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
21614 \begin_layout Standard
21615 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21623 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
21624 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21628 \begin_inset space \space{}
21631 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
21632 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
21641 \begin_layout Itemize
21642 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
21643 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
21644 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
21645 page breaks will appear.
21648 \begin_layout Itemize
21649 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
21650 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
21653 \begin_layout Itemize
21654 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
21655 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
21658 \begin_layout Itemize
21659 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
21662 \begin_layout Subsection
21664 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21666 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
21671 \begin_inset Index idx
21674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21683 \begin_layout Standard
21684 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
21685 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
21689 \begin_inset space ~
21697 \begin_layout Standard
21698 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
21699 have a multicolumn document).
21700 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
21703 \begin_inset space ~
21709 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
21710 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
21717 \begin_layout Standard
21718 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
21719 format is also the same: Table
21720 \begin_inset space ~
21724 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21726 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
21730 is an example of a rotated table float.
21733 \begin_layout Standard
21734 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21742 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
21750 \begin_layout Standard
21751 \begin_inset Float table
21756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21757 \begin_inset Caption
21759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21760 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21762 name "cap:Rotated-table"
21774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21776 \begin_inset Tabular
21777 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
21778 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21779 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21780 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21781 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21782 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21783 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21843 \begin_layout Subsection
21845 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21847 name "sub:Float-Placement"
21852 \begin_inset Index idx
21855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21864 \begin_layout Standard
21865 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
21866 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
21867 \begin_inset Newline newline
21873 \begin_inset space ~
21878 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
21879 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
21880 \begin_inset Newline newline
21886 \begin_inset space ~
21891 is used to rotate floats, see section
21892 \begin_inset space ~
21896 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21898 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
21905 \begin_layout Standard
21906 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
21907 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
21910 \begin_inset space ~
21914 \begin_inset space ~
21922 \begin_layout Description
21924 \begin_inset space ~
21928 \begin_inset space ~
21931 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
21934 \begin_layout Description
21936 \begin_inset space ~
21940 \begin_inset space ~
21943 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
21946 \begin_layout Description
21948 \begin_inset space ~
21952 \begin_inset space ~
21955 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
21958 \begin_layout Description
21960 \begin_inset space ~
21964 \begin_inset space ~
21967 floats: try to place the float at an own page
21970 \begin_layout Standard
21971 The order of the above option is
21976 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
21980 \begin_inset space ~
21984 \begin_inset space ~
21992 \begin_inset space ~
21996 \begin_inset space ~
22001 , and then the others.
22002 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
22004 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
22005 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
22008 \begin_layout Standard
22009 By default, each option has its own rules:
22012 \begin_layout Labeling
22013 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
22017 \begin_inset space ~
22021 \begin_inset space ~
22026 only floats occupying less than 70
22027 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22030 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page (
22039 \begin_layout Labeling
22040 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
22044 \begin_inset space ~
22048 \begin_inset space ~
22053 : only floats occupying less than 30
22054 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22057 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
22067 \begin_layout Labeling
22068 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
22072 \begin_inset space ~
22076 \begin_inset space ~
22081 : only if more than 50
22082 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22085 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
22096 \begin_layout Standard
22097 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
22101 \begin_inset space ~
22105 \begin_inset space ~
22111 \begin_inset Newline newline
22114 You can also redefine the rules with LaTeX-commands that are given in parenthese
22115 s after the rules description above.
22116 To increase for example the often too small default of the bottom-rule
22118 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22121 % of the page, add this line to your document preamble:
22124 \begin_layout Standard
22131 bottomfraction}{0.5}
22134 \begin_layout Standard
22135 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
22136 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
22137 For this case you can use the option
22140 \begin_inset space ~
22146 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
22148 Because the float is then no longer able to
22149 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22153 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22156 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
22159 \begin_layout Standard
22160 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
22161 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
22164 \begin_layout Standard
22165 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
22167 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
22169 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
22176 \begin_layout Section
22178 \begin_inset Index idx
22181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22188 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22190 name "sec:Minipages"
22197 \begin_layout Standard
22198 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
22200 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
22201 \begin_inset space ~
22208 \begin_layout Standard
22209 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
22211 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22215 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
22216 and its alignment within the page.
22219 \begin_layout Standard
22221 \begin_inset Box Frameless
22231 height_special "totalheight"
22234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22237 This is a minipage.
22238 The text is set in an italic style.
22241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22244 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
22245 another formatting.
22253 \begin_layout Standard
22254 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
22257 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
22261 as described in section
22262 \begin_inset space ~
22266 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22268 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
22273 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
22279 \begin_layout Standard
22280 \begin_inset Box Frameless
22290 height_special "totalheight"
22293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22294 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
22295 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
22301 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
22305 \begin_inset Box Frameless
22315 height_special "totalheight"
22318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22319 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
22320 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
22328 \begin_layout Standard
22329 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22335 \begin_layout Standard
22336 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
22337 to other box types.
22338 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
22349 \begin_layout Chapter
22350 Mathematical Formulas
22351 \begin_inset Index idx
22354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22361 \begin_inset Index idx
22364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22393 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22395 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
22402 \begin_layout Standard
22403 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
22408 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
22411 \begin_layout Section
22413 \begin_inset Index idx
22416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22425 \begin_layout Standard
22426 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
22427 \begin_inset Graphics
22428 filename ../../images/math-mode.png
22433 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
22435 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
22436 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
22437 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
22439 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22445 \begin_layout Standard
22446 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
22450 \begin_inset space ~
22455 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
22458 \begin_layout Standard
22459 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
22460 line, like this one:
22463 \begin_layout Standard
22464 This is a line with an inline formula
22465 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
22471 \begin_layout Standard
22472 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in an own paragraph
22474 \begin_inset Formula
22481 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
22484 \begin_layout Standard
22485 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
22487 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22491 \begin_inset space \space{}
22495 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22505 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22508 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
22509 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
22513 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
22516 \begin_inset space ~
22524 \begin_layout Subsection
22525 Navigating in Formulas
22526 \begin_inset Index idx
22529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22538 \begin_layout Standard
22539 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
22540 achieved with the arrow keys.
22541 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
22542 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
22547 will leave a formula construct (a square root
22548 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
22552 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
22556 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
22559 \end{array}\right]$
22567 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
22572 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
22573 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
22576 \begin_layout Standard
22581 , printed in this document as
22582 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22599 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22603 \begin_inset Note Note
22606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22607 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
22608 space character (visible space).
22613 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
22614 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
22615 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
22620 For example, if you want
22621 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
22632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22675 , since in the latter case only the
22678 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
22683 will be under the square root sign:
22684 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
22690 \begin_layout Standard
22691 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
22693 \begin_inset Formula
22695 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22704 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
22705 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
22708 \begin_layout Subsection
22712 \begin_layout Standard
22713 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
22714 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
22718 and a cursor movement key to select text.
22719 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
22720 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
22721 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
22722 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
22725 \begin_layout Subsection
22726 Exponents and Subscripts
22727 \begin_inset Index idx
22730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22737 \begin_inset Index idx
22740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22749 \begin_layout Standard
22750 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
22751 way is to use a command.
22753 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
22756 , type in a formula
22762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22778 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
22784 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
22788 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
22797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22809 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
22811 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22815 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22818 , you have to use an extra
22822 to separate the hat and the character.
22824 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22828 \begin_inset space \space{}
22832 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
22841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22853 Subscripts are similar: To get
22854 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
22863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22877 \begin_layout Subsection
22879 \begin_inset Index idx
22882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22891 \begin_layout Standard
22892 Create a fraction with either the command
22899 \begin_inset Graphics
22900 filename ../../images/math/frac.png
22908 \begin_inset space ~
22914 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
22915 The cursor is above the fraction line.
22916 To move it to the bottom, simply press
22921 To move back up, press
22926 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
22927 \begin_inset Formula
22929 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
22932 \end{array}\right)}\right]
22940 \begin_layout Subsection
22942 \begin_inset Index idx
22945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22954 \begin_layout Standard
22955 Roots can be created using the
22958 \begin_inset space ~
22964 \begin_inset Graphics
22965 filename ../../images/math/sqrt.png
22988 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
22994 produces always a square root.
22997 \begin_layout Subsection
22998 Operators with Limits
22999 \begin_inset Index idx
23002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23009 \begin_inset Index idx
23012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23019 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23021 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
23028 \begin_layout Standard
23030 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
23034 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
23037 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
23038 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
23039 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
23040 The sum operator will automatically place its
23041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23045 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23048 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
23051 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
23055 \begin_inset Formula
23057 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
23062 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
23066 \begin_layout Standard
23067 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
23069 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
23070 behind the operator and hitting
23078 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23079 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23081 \begin_inset space ~
23085 \begin_inset space ~
23093 \begin_layout Standard
23094 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
23095 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23099 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23102 feature as addition, such as
23103 \begin_inset Index idx
23106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23113 \begin_inset Formula
23115 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
23120 which will place the
23121 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
23125 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23129 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23133 In inline formulas it looks like this:
23134 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
23140 \begin_layout Standard
23141 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
23148 Have a look at section
23149 \begin_inset space ~
23153 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23155 reference "sub:Functions"
23159 for an explanation of function macros.
23162 \begin_layout Subsection
23164 \begin_inset Index idx
23167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23176 \begin_layout Standard
23177 Most math symbols can be found in the
23180 \begin_inset space ~
23185 under one of several categories; including
23202 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
23206 \begin_layout Standard
23207 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
23208 you don't have to use the
23211 \begin_inset space ~
23216 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
23217 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
23220 \begin_layout Subsection
23222 \begin_inset Index idx
23225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23234 \begin_layout Standard
23235 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
23240 arg "space-insert protected"
23246 \begin_inset space ~
23252 \begin_inset Graphics
23253 filename ../../images/math/space.png
23258 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
23259 For example, the sequence
23264 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
23268 \begin_inset Graphics
23269 filename ../clipart/SpaceMarker.png
23274 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
23275 the space marker and hit space again several times.
23276 With every space hit the size will be changed.
23277 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
23279 Here are two examples:
23282 \begin_layout Standard
23292 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
23298 \begin_layout Standard
23308 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
23314 \begin_layout Subsection
23316 \begin_inset Index idx
23319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23326 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23328 name "sub:Functions"
23335 \begin_layout Standard
23339 \begin_inset space ~
23344 contains under the button
23345 \begin_inset Graphics
23346 filename ../../images/math/functions.png
23350 a number of function macros, such as
23351 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
23355 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
23363 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
23370 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
23371 avoid confusions, because
23372 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
23376 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
23382 \begin_layout Standard
23383 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
23385 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
23389 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
23395 \begin_layout Standard
23396 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
23397 s are placed, as described in section
23398 \begin_inset space ~
23402 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23404 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
23411 \begin_layout Subsection
23413 \begin_inset Index idx
23416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23425 \begin_layout Standard
23426 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
23428 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
23429 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
23430 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23434 \begin_inset space \space{}
23438 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23441 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
23442 Our example is entered by typing
23450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23463 \begin_inset space ~
23467 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23469 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
23473 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
23476 \begin_layout Standard
23477 \begin_inset Float table
23482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23483 \begin_inset Caption
23485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23486 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23488 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
23492 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
23500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23502 \begin_inset Tabular
23503 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
23504 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23505 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23506 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23507 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23591 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23645 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
23655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23699 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
23709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23753 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
23763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23807 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
23817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23861 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
23871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23915 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
23925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23969 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
23979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24023 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
24033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24068 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
24089 \begin_layout Standard
24090 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
24093 \begin_inset space ~
24099 \begin_inset Graphics
24100 filename ../../images/math/hat.png
24104 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
24108 \begin_layout Section
24109 Brackets and Delimiters
24110 \begin_inset Index idx
24113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24120 \begin_inset Index idx
24123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24130 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24132 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
24139 \begin_layout Standard
24140 There are several brackets available through LyX.
24141 For most purposes, using just the keys
24146 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
24147 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
24148 toolbar delimiter icon
24149 \begin_inset Graphics
24150 filename ../../images/math/delim.png
24155 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
24157 \begin_inset Formula
24159 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
24167 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
24168 \begin_inset Formula
24170 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}
24178 \begin_layout Standard
24179 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
24180 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
24183 \begin_layout Standard
24184 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
24185 left side and right side.
24186 If you use the option
24189 \begin_inset space ~
24194 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
24195 The selection will be shown below the button field.
24196 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
24197 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
24200 \begin_layout Standard
24201 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
24202 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
24203 inside the brackets.
24204 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
24209 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
24212 \begin_layout Section
24213 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
24214 \begin_inset Index idx
24217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24224 \begin_inset Index idx
24227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24234 \begin_inset Index idx
24237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24238 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24246 \begin_layout Standard
24247 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
24250 \begin_inset space ~
24256 \begin_inset Graphics
24257 filename ../../images/math/matrix.png
24262 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
24263 Here is an example:
24264 \begin_inset Formula
24266 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
24275 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
24276 \begin_inset space ~
24280 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24282 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
24287 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
24288 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
24289 This alignment is set in the box
24294 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24302 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24306 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24314 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24318 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24326 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24331 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24339 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24342 for every column as default.
24343 For example, the sequence
24344 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24352 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24355 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
24356 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
24357 corresponds to the relevant column.
24358 The result will look like this:
24359 \begin_inset Formula
24362 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
24363 column & has & has\, right\\
24364 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
24373 \begin_layout Standard
24374 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
24377 arg "newline-insert newline"
24380 while the cursor is in the matrix.
24381 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
24383 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24386 or the math toolbar.
24389 \begin_layout Standard
24390 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
24391 It can be created with the menu
24393 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24394 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24396 \begin_inset space ~
24408 Here is an example:
24409 \begin_inset Formula
24423 \begin_layout Standard
24424 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24427 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
24430 arg "newline-insert newline"
24434 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
24439 arg "newline-insert newline"
24442 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
24443 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24450 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
24451 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
24452 A new row is created by every further hit of
24455 arg "newline-insert newline"
24459 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
24460 Here is an example:
24461 \begin_inset Formula
24463 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
24464 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
24469 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
24470 where you want to start the shift and hit
24475 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
24476 position to the next column.
24477 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
24478 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
24479 \begin_inset Formula
24481 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
24489 \begin_layout Standard
24490 The multi-line formula type described here is called
24497 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
24498 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
24499 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24501 reference "eq:asquared"
24506 The other types are described in section
24507 \begin_inset space ~
24511 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24513 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24520 \begin_layout Section
24521 Formula Numbering and Referencing
24522 \begin_inset Index idx
24525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24526 Math ! Formula numbering
24532 \begin_inset Index idx
24535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24536 Math ! Referencing formulas
24542 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24544 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24551 \begin_layout Standard
24552 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
24554 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24555 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24557 \begin_inset space ~
24565 arg "math-number-toggle"
24569 The formula number appears in LyX as
24570 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24574 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24577 within parentheses.
24579 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24583 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24586 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
24588 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
24589 the document class.
24590 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
24591 separated by a dot:
24592 \begin_inset Formula
24602 arg "math-number-toggle"
24605 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
24606 You can only number displayed formulas.
24609 \begin_layout Standard
24610 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
24612 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24613 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24615 \begin_inset space ~
24619 \begin_inset space ~
24623 \begin_inset space ~
24631 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
24634 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
24635 \begin_inset Formula
24638 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
24644 To number all lines use the shortcut
24647 arg "math-number-toggle"
24653 \begin_layout Standard
24654 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24657 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
24658 A label is inserted with the menu
24660 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24663 when the cursor is in the formula.
24664 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
24665 It is recommended to use the proposed
24666 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24674 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24677 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
24678 type when you have many labels in your document.
24679 We inserted in the following example the label
24680 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24684 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24687 in the second line:
24688 \begin_inset Formula
24690 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
24691 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
24696 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
24697 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
24699 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24703 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24707 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
24709 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24711 \begin_inset space ~
24717 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
24718 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
24719 as the formula number:
24722 \begin_layout Standard
24723 This is a cross-reference to equation (
24724 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24726 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24733 \begin_layout Standard
24734 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
24735 \begin_inset space ~
24739 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24741 reference "sec:Cross-References"
24746 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
24749 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24752 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
24756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24757 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
24765 \begin_layout Section
24766 User defined math macros
24767 \begin_inset Index idx
24770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24779 \begin_layout Standard
24780 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
24781 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
24782 Math macros are explained in section
24785 \begin_inset space ~
24797 \begin_layout Section
24801 \begin_layout Subsection
24803 \begin_inset Index idx
24806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24815 \begin_layout Standard
24816 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
24817 To set a font in a formula, use the
24820 \begin_inset space ~
24826 \begin_inset Graphics
24827 filename ../../images/math/font.png
24831 , or enter its command, listed in table
24832 \begin_inset space ~
24836 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24838 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24845 \begin_layout Standard
24846 \begin_inset Float table
24851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24852 \begin_inset Caption
24854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24855 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24857 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24861 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
24869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24871 \begin_inset Tabular
24872 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
24873 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
24874 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24875 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24907 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
24915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24934 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
24942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24961 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
24969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24994 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
25002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25021 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
25029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25048 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
25056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25082 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
25090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25109 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
25117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25143 \begin_layout Standard
25144 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25152 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
25168 \begin_layout Standard
25169 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
25170 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
25175 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
25176 space when you need a space in the box.
25177 Here an example where
25178 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25182 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25189 denotes the set of numbers:
25190 \begin_inset Formula
25192 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
25200 \begin_layout Standard
25201 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
25203 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25207 \begin_inset space \space{}
25219 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
25223 \begin_inset Newline newline
25226 So it is better not to use this feature.
25229 \begin_layout Standard
25230 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
25231 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
25235 \begin_inset Newline newline
25238 You can only print them emboldened using the command
25244 , which works like the other typeface commands:
25245 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
25251 \begin_layout Standard
25258 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
25261 \begin_layout Standard
25262 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
25264 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25265 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25267 \begin_inset space ~
25275 \begin_layout Subsection
25277 \begin_inset Index idx
25280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25289 \begin_layout Standard
25290 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
25292 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
25296 \begin_inset space ~
25300 \begin_inset space ~
25308 \begin_inset space ~
25314 \begin_inset Graphics
25315 filename ../../images/math/font.png
25326 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
25327 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
25328 Here is an example:
25329 \begin_inset Formula
25332 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
25333 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}
25342 \begin_layout Subsection
25344 \begin_inset Index idx
25347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25356 \begin_layout Standard
25357 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
25358 automatically chosen in most situations.
25376 For most characters,
25384 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
25385 and certain other structures, are set larger in
25390 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
25391 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
25393 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
25394 \begin_inset Graphics
25395 filename ../../images/math/style.png
25400 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
25401 For example, you can set
25402 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
25405 , which is normally in
25414 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
25418 The four styles are used in the following example:
25421 \begin_layout Standard
25422 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
25426 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
25430 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
25434 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
25440 \begin_layout Standard
25441 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
25442 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
25444 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25446 \begin_inset space ~
25451 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
25452 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
25453 will be adjusted to correspond.
25454 As an example here is a formula in the font size
25455 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25459 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25465 \begin_layout Standard
25469 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
25475 \begin_layout Section
25479 \begin_layout Standard
25480 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
25481 the document classes and into layout modules.
25482 \begin_inset Index idx
25485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25491 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
25492 other than the AMS classes.
25494 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25496 reference "sub:Modules"
25500 for more on layout modules.
25503 \begin_layout Section
25505 \begin_inset Index idx
25508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25515 \begin_inset Index idx
25518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25527 \begin_layout Standard
25528 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
25529 (AMS) that are in common use.
25532 \begin_layout Subsection
25533 Enabling AMS-Support
25536 \begin_layout Standard
25537 Selecting the checkbox
25540 \begin_inset space ~
25544 \begin_inset space ~
25548 \begin_inset space ~
25555 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25559 \begin_inset Index idx
25562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25563 Document ! Settings
25571 \begin_inset space ~
25576 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
25578 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
25579 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
25582 \begin_layout Subsection
25584 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25586 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
25591 \begin_inset Index idx
25594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25595 Math ! Multi-line Equations
25603 \begin_layout Standard
25604 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
25605 LyX allows you to choose between
25626 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
25629 \begin_layout Chapter
25633 \begin_layout Section
25635 \begin_inset Index idx
25638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25645 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25647 name "sec:Cross-References"
25654 \begin_layout Standard
25655 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
25656 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
25658 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
25659 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
25660 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
25663 \begin_layout Enumerate
25667 \begin_layout Enumerate
25668 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25670 name "enu:Second-item"
25677 \begin_layout Enumerate
25681 \begin_layout Standard
25682 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
25684 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25687 or by pressing the toolbar button
25688 \begin_inset Graphics
25689 filename ../../images/label-insert.png
25695 A grey label box like this:
25696 \begin_inset Graphics
25697 filename ../clipart/labelQt4.png
25702 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
25703 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
25705 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25713 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25718 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25726 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25730 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25734 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25738 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
25739 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25743 \begin_inset space \space{}
25746 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
25747 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25761 \begin_layout Standard
25762 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
25764 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25767 or the toolbar button
25768 \begin_inset Graphics
25769 filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
25775 A grey cross-reference box like this:
25776 \begin_inset Graphics
25777 filename ../clipart/referenceQt4.png
25782 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
25784 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
25785 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25793 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25797 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
25801 \begin_layout Standard
25804 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25807 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
25812 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
25813 to the actual cursor position via the menu
25815 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25821 \begin_layout Standard
25822 Here is our cross-reference: Item
25823 \begin_inset space ~
25827 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25829 reference "enu:Second-item"
25836 \begin_layout Standard
25837 It is recommended to use a protected space
25841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25842 described in section
25843 \begin_inset space ~
25847 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25849 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
25858 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
25862 \begin_layout Standard
25863 There are six varieties of cross-references:
25866 \begin_layout Description
25867 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
25868 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25870 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25877 \begin_layout Description
25878 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
25879 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
25881 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25885 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25889 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25891 reference "eq:tanhExp"
25898 \begin_layout Description
25899 <page>: prints the page number: Page
25900 \begin_inset space ~
25904 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25905 LatexCommand pageref
25906 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25913 \begin_layout Description
25915 \begin_inset space ~
25919 \begin_inset space ~
25922 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
25923 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25924 LatexCommand vpageref
25925 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25932 \begin_layout Description
25934 \begin_inset space ~
25938 \begin_inset space ~
25942 \begin_inset space ~
25945 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
25946 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25948 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25955 \begin_layout Description
25957 \begin_inset space ~
25960 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
25961 \begin_inset Newline newline
25965 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25973 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
25982 \begin_inset Index idx
25985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25986 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
25992 \begin_inset Index idx
25995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25996 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
26009 \begin_layout Description
26011 \begin_inset space ~
26014 reference: prints the caption or name of the reference:
26015 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26016 LatexCommand nameref
26017 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
26024 \begin_layout Standard
26029 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
26032 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26036 \begin_inset space \space{}
26040 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26048 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26054 <reference> on page <page>
26056 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
26059 \begin_layout Standard
26060 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
26061 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
26062 The varieties are adjusted in the field
26066 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
26070 \begin_layout Standard
26071 You can only use the style
26075 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
26079 is always possible.
26082 \begin_layout Standard
26083 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
26084 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
26086 Referencing formulas is explained in section
26087 \begin_inset space ~
26091 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26093 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
26100 \begin_layout Standard
26101 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
26105 \begin_inset space ~
26109 \begin_inset space ~
26114 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
26115 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
26118 \begin_inset space ~
26123 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
26124 You can also go back with the toolbar button
26125 \begin_inset Graphics
26126 filename ../../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
26127 rotateOrigin center
26134 \begin_layout Standard
26135 You can change labels at any time.
26136 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
26137 do not need to take care about this.
26140 \begin_layout Standard
26141 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
26142 marks in the output instead of the reference.
26145 \begin_layout Standard
26146 References are described in detail in sec.
26147 \begin_inset space ~
26151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26165 \begin_layout Section
26166 Table of Contents and other Listings
26167 \begin_inset Index idx
26170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26177 \begin_inset Index idx
26180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26187 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26196 \begin_layout Subsection
26198 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26200 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
26207 \begin_layout Standard
26208 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
26210 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26211 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26213 \begin_inset space ~
26217 \begin_inset space ~
26223 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
26224 If you click on it, the
26228 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
26229 sections in your documents.
26230 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
26232 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26235 that is described in sec.
26236 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26240 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26242 reference "sec:Navigating"
26249 \begin_layout Standard
26250 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
26251 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
26253 \begin_inset space ~
26257 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26259 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
26263 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
26265 \begin_inset space ~
26269 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26271 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
26275 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
26277 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
26280 \begin_layout Subsection
26281 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
26282 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26284 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
26291 \begin_layout Standard
26292 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
26293 You can insert them via the
26295 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26297 \begin_inset space ~
26301 \begin_inset space ~
26307 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
26310 \begin_layout Section
26311 URLs and Hyperlinks
26312 \begin_inset Index idx
26315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26322 \begin_inset Index idx
26325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26334 \begin_layout Subsection
26336 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26345 \begin_layout Standard
26346 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
26348 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26354 \begin_layout Standard
26355 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
26356 \begin_inset Flex URL
26359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26369 \begin_layout Standard
26370 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
26376 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
26380 \begin_layout Standard
26381 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26389 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
26397 \begin_layout Subsection
26399 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26401 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
26408 \begin_layout Standard
26409 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
26411 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26414 or with the toolbar button
26415 \begin_inset Graphics
26416 filename ../../images/href-insert.png
26421 The appearing dialog has two fields:
26430 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
26431 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
26432 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26434 name "LyX's homepage"
26435 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26439 , an Email address like this:
26440 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26442 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
26443 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
26448 , or a link to a file.
26451 \begin_layout Standard
26452 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
26454 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26462 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26465 to the link target.
26468 \begin_layout Standard
26469 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
26470 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
26471 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
26472 the text style dialog.
26473 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
26477 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26479 name "LyX's homepage"
26480 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26487 \begin_layout Standard
26488 The link text color can be changed, when the option
26492 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
26494 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26495 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26499 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
26501 \begin_inset Newline newline
26509 \begin_inset Newline newline
26516 in the PDF Properties dialog.
26519 \begin_layout Section
26521 \begin_inset Index idx
26524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26531 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26533 name "sec:Appendices"
26540 \begin_layout Standard
26541 Appendices are created with the menu
26543 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26545 \begin_inset space ~
26549 \begin_inset space ~
26555 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
26556 as the appendix region.
26557 The region is marked with a red borderline.
26560 \begin_layout Standard
26561 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
26562 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
26563 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
26564 and the subsection number.
26565 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
26569 \begin_layout Standard
26571 \begin_inset space ~
26575 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26577 reference "cha:Credits"
26582 \begin_inset space ~
26586 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26588 reference "sub:Export"
26595 \begin_layout Section
26597 \begin_inset Index idx
26600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26607 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26609 name "sec:Bibliography"
26616 \begin_layout Standard
26617 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
26618 You can include a bibliography database,
26622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26623 Known under the name
26624 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26628 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26636 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
26637 manually, using the paragraph environment
26641 , which was described in section
26642 \begin_inset space ~
26646 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26648 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
26653 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
26654 document, like author-year citations, then you must
26658 use a bibliography database.
26661 \begin_layout Subsection
26662 The Bibliography Environment
26665 \begin_layout Standard
26670 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
26672 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
26681 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
26683 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
26685 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26689 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26692 , a short form of its title, as key.
26695 \begin_layout Standard
26696 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
26698 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26701 or the toolbar button
26702 \begin_inset Graphics
26703 filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
26708 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
26709 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
26710 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
26711 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
26715 \begin_layout Standard
26716 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
26717 entry with surrounding brackets.
26722 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
26723 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
26725 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26729 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26735 \begin_layout Standard
26738 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
26741 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26743 key "latexcompanion"
26750 \begin_layout Standard
26751 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
26752 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26761 \begin_layout Subsection
26762 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
26763 \begin_inset Index idx
26766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26767 Bibliography ! Databases
26773 \begin_inset Index idx
26776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26777 Bibliography ! BibTeX
26783 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26785 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
26792 \begin_layout Standard
26793 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
26798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26799 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
26801 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
26802 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
26807 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
26809 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
26810 your working field in a database.
26811 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
26812 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
26814 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
26818 \begin_layout Standard
26819 The database is a text file with the file extension
26820 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26828 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26831 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
26832 The format is explained in
26833 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26839 and in LaTeX books (
26840 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26842 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
26847 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
26848 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
26849 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
26850 \begin_inset Flex URL
26853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26855 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
26863 \begin_layout Standard
26864 To use a database, use the menu
26866 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26871 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26884 \begin_inset space ~
26890 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
26891 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
26894 Add bibliography to TOC
26896 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
26901 drop box you can select whether to include > all the entries in the database
26902 in the document or just the cited references.
26905 \begin_layout Standard
26906 The style file is a text file with the file extension
26907 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26915 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26918 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
26919 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
26920 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
26922 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
26927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26928 For information how this is done, have a look at
26929 \begin_inset Newline newline
26933 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26935 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
26947 \begin_layout Standard
26948 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
26951 \begin_layout Standard
26952 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
26953 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
26956 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26984 \begin_inset space ~
26990 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
26996 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27005 \begin_layout Standard
27006 When you select the option
27008 Sectioned bibliography
27012 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27015 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
27016 This and other options are explained in detail in section
27018 Customizing Bibliographies
27026 Additional Features
27031 \begin_layout Standard
27032 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
27033 the two methods of creating them.
27034 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
27035 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
27036 We used the style file
27040 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
27043 \begin_layout Subsection
27044 Bibliography layout
27045 \begin_inset Index idx
27048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27049 Bibliography ! Layout
27057 \begin_layout Standard
27058 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
27059 For this feature you need to enable the option
27065 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27069 \begin_inset Index idx
27072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27073 Document ! Settings
27083 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
27084 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
27085 in the previous section.
27088 \begin_layout Standard
27089 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
27090 in the citation reference window.
27091 Here an example where we set the text
27092 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27096 \begin_inset space ~
27100 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27103 to appear after the reference:
27106 \begin_layout Standard
27108 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27111 key "latexcompanion"
27118 \begin_layout Section
27120 \begin_inset Index idx
27123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27130 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27139 \begin_layout Standard
27140 An index entry is created if you use the menu
27142 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27144 \begin_inset space ~
27149 or the toolbar button
27150 \begin_inset Graphics
27151 filename ../../images/index-insert.png
27157 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27165 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27168 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
27169 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
27170 by LyX as the index entry.
27173 \begin_layout Standard
27174 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
27175 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
27177 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27179 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
27186 \begin_layout Standard
27187 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
27189 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27191 \begin_inset space ~
27195 \begin_inset space ~
27198 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27200 \begin_inset space ~
27206 A light blue box labeled
27207 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27218 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
27219 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
27222 \begin_layout Subsection
27223 Grouping Index Entries
27224 \begin_inset Index idx
27227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27236 \begin_layout Standard
27237 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
27239 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
27240 lists under the entry
27241 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27249 First we create the entry
27250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27258 \begin_inset space ~
27262 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27264 reference "sub:Lists"
27269 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
27270 \begin_inset space ~
27274 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27276 reference "sec:Itemize"
27280 , we insert the command
27283 \begin_layout Standard
27289 \begin_layout Standard
27293 \begin_layout Standard
27299 \begin_layout Standard
27300 for the enumerated list in section
27301 \begin_inset space ~
27305 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27307 reference "sec:Enumerate"
27314 \begin_layout Standard
27315 The exclamation mark
27316 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27320 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27323 marks the grouping levels.
27324 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
27325 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
27326 If we don't have an index entry for
27327 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27331 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27334 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
27337 \begin_layout Subsection
27339 \begin_inset Index idx
27342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27343 Index ! Page ranges
27351 \begin_layout Standard
27352 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
27354 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
27356 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27360 \begin_inset space \space{}
27363 if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
27365 \begin_inset space ~
27369 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27371 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
27378 \begin_layout Standard
27381 Paragraph environments|(
27384 \begin_layout Standard
27385 and another entry at the end of section
27386 \begin_inset space ~
27390 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27392 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
27399 \begin_layout Standard
27402 Paragraph environments|)
27405 \begin_layout Standard
27407 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27415 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27419 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27427 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27430 respectively start and end the index range.
27431 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
27432 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
27433 the pages of the indexed document parts.
27434 An example is the index entry
27435 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27438 Document ! Settings
27439 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27445 \begin_layout Subsection
27447 \begin_inset Index idx
27450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27451 Index ! Cross referencing
27459 \begin_layout Standard
27460 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
27461 We referred for example in the index entry
27462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27470 \begin_inset space ~
27474 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27476 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
27480 ) to the index entry
27481 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27485 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27488 in the same section using the entry
27491 \begin_layout Standard
27494 GIF|see{Image formats}
27497 \begin_layout Standard
27498 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
27499 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
27500 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
27503 \begin_layout Subsection
27505 \begin_inset Index idx
27508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27509 Index ! Entry order
27517 \begin_layout Standard
27518 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
27519 then not follow the rules for the index order.
27520 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
27524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27525 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
27527 \begin_inset space ~
27531 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27533 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27542 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
27543 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
27544 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27548 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27552 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27556 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27568 \begin_inset Index idx
27571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27572 Dummy entries ! maïs
27578 \begin_inset Index idx
27581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27582 Dummy entries ! maître
27588 \begin_inset Index idx
27591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27592 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
27597 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
27598 order maïs, maison, maître.
27599 To achieve this, we use the command
27602 \begin_layout Standard
27605 previous entry@current entry
27608 \begin_layout Standard
27609 In our case we want to have
27610 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27614 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27618 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27622 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27625 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
27628 \begin_layout Standard
27634 \begin_layout Standard
27635 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
27636 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
27640 \begin_layout Standard
27641 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27647 \begin_layout Standard
27648 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
27653 to generate the index (see sec.
27654 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27658 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27660 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27669 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
27671 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27675 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27677 reference "sub:Document-Font"
27681 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
27682 index commands start with
27683 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27691 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27695 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
27700 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
27703 \begin_layout Standard
27715 \begin_layout Standard
27727 \begin_layout Subsection
27729 \begin_inset Index idx
27732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27733 Index ! Entry layout
27741 \begin_layout Standard
27742 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
27743 \begin_inset Index idx
27746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27749 This is an italic dummy entry
27754 You can also format the page number using the character
27755 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27759 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27762 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
27763 We can write for example
27766 \begin_layout Standard
27769 italic page number:|textit
27772 \begin_layout Standard
27773 to get the page number in italic.
27774 \begin_inset Index idx
27777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27778 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
27783 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
27785 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27793 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27801 \begin_inset space ~
27807 Have a look at section
27808 \begin_inset space ~
27812 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27814 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27818 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
27821 \begin_layout Standard
27822 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27830 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
27834 to generate the index, see sec.
27835 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27839 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27841 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27850 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
27851 This is because xindy requires you to define semantic elements before
27852 they can be used, see
27853 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27856 key "latexcompanion"
27868 \begin_layout Standard
27869 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
27871 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
27872 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
27873 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
27874 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
27875 If so, put the following in the preamble
27878 \begin_layout Standard
27890 \begin_layout Standard
27894 \begin_layout Standard
27900 \begin_layout Standard
27901 in the index entry.
27902 \begin_inset Index idx
27905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27906 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
27911 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
27912 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
27913 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
27916 \begin_layout Standard
27917 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
27919 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27923 \begin_inset space \space{}
27926 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
27927 for all index entries.
27928 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
27940 documentation for details,
27941 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27943 key "makeindex,xindy"
27950 \begin_layout Subsection
27952 \begin_inset Index idx
27955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27962 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27964 name "sub:Index-Program"
27971 \begin_layout Standard
27972 If the index entry program
27976 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
27980 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
27984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27989 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
27990 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
27991 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
27992 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
27993 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
28003 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
28004 dialog, see section
28005 \begin_inset space ~
28009 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28011 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
28016 The available options are listed and explained in
28017 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28019 key "makeindex,xindy"
28024 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
28028 \begin_layout Standard
28029 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
28030 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
28033 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28034 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28038 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
28039 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
28042 \begin_layout Subsection
28046 \begin_layout Standard
28047 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
28048 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
28049 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28053 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28056 next to the standard index.
28057 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
28058 packages that add this feature.
28064 \begin_inset Index idx
28067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28068 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
28073 package to generate multiple indexes.
28074 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
28075 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
28076 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28083 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
28084 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
28085 Please consult the package's manual for details.
28088 \begin_layout Standard
28089 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
28091 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28092 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28096 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28099 Use multiple Indexes
28100 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28104 Note that the list of
28105 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28109 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28112 below already contains the standard index.
28113 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
28114 also appear as a heading) to the
28115 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28119 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28122 input field and press the
28123 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28127 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28131 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
28132 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
28133 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
28134 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28137 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28139 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28143 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
28144 indexes in the LyX work area.
28147 \begin_layout Standard
28148 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
28151 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28153 \begin_inset space ~
28157 \begin_inset space ~
28166 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
28167 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
28168 are some additional features:
28171 \begin_layout Itemize
28172 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
28173 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
28176 \begin_layout Itemize
28177 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
28178 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
28179 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28187 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
28189 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28192 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
28193 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
28194 to the non-subindexes.
28197 \begin_layout Section
28198 Nomenclature / Glossary
28199 \begin_inset Index idx
28202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28209 \begin_inset Index idx
28212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28241 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28243 name "sec:Nomenclature"
28250 \begin_layout Standard
28251 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
28252 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
28256 \begin_layout Standard
28257 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
28262 \begin_inset Index idx
28265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28266 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
28272 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28273 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28279 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28282 \begin_layout Standard
28283 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
28284 and then use the menu
28286 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28292 \begin_inset space ~
28297 or the toolbar button
28298 \begin_inset Graphics
28299 filename ../../images/nomencl-insert.png
28305 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28313 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28316 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
28319 \begin_layout Standard
28320 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
28321 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
28322 The second is the description of the symbol.
28325 \begin_layout Standard
28326 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28334 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
28342 \begin_layout Subsection
28343 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
28344 \begin_inset Index idx
28347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28348 Nomenclature ! Layout
28356 \begin_layout Standard
28357 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
28361 field as LaTeX-formulas.
28363 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28367 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28371 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28375 \begin_inset Newline newline
28383 \begin_inset Newline newline
28389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28393 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28396 character starts/ends the formula.
28397 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
28399 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28405 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28409 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
28419 \begin_layout Standard
28420 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
28421 \begin_inset space ~
28425 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28427 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28434 \begin_layout Standard
28438 \begin_inset space ~
28443 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
28444 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
28445 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28449 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28456 in this document is:
28457 \begin_inset Newline newline
28462 dummy entry for the character
28467 \begin_inset Newline newline
28479 \begin_inset space ~
28489 font use the command
28518 \begin_layout Subsection
28519 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
28520 \begin_inset Index idx
28523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28524 Nomenclature ! Sort order
28532 \begin_layout Standard
28533 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
28534 the symbol definition.
28535 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
28536 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
28539 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28540 LatexCommand nomenclature
28542 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
28549 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28553 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28554 LatexCommand nomenclature
28557 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
28562 They will be sorted by
28563 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28571 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28575 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28585 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28589 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28592 will be sorted before the
28596 since the character
28597 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28601 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28604 is considered in sorting.
28607 \begin_layout Standard
28608 To control the sort order, you can edit the
28611 \begin_inset space ~
28616 field of the nomenclature dialog.
28617 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
28619 For the example given, you can insert
28623 in this field for the
28624 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28631 will be located before
28632 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28638 \begin_layout Standard
28639 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
28644 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28653 \begin_layout Subsection
28654 Nomenclature Options
28655 \begin_inset Index idx
28658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28659 Nomenclature ! Options
28667 \begin_layout Standard
28672 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
28673 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
28676 \begin_layout Description
28677 refeq Appends the phrase
28678 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28690 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28693 to every nomenclature entry, where
28699 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
28702 \begin_layout Description
28703 refpage Appends the phrase
28704 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28719 to every nomenclature entry, where
28725 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
28728 \begin_layout Description
28729 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
28732 \begin_layout Standard
28733 There are furthermore the options
28777 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
28781 \begin_layout Standard
28782 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
28783 class options list in the
28785 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28789 In this document the option
28796 \begin_layout Standard
28797 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28803 \begin_layout Standard
28804 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
28805 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
28810 field in the nomenclature dialog:
28813 \begin_layout Description
28823 \begin_layout Description
28826 nomrefpage Like the
28833 \begin_layout Description
28836 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
28845 \begin_layout Description
28849 \begin_inset space ~
28855 \begin_inset space ~
28860 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
28863 \begin_layout Subsection
28864 Printing the Nomenclature
28865 \begin_inset Index idx
28868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28869 Nomenclature ! Printing
28877 \begin_layout Standard
28878 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
28880 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28882 \begin_inset space ~
28886 \begin_inset space ~
28889 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28893 A light blue box labeled
28894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28902 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28905 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
28906 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
28909 \begin_layout Standard
28910 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
28911 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28915 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28919 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
28927 For example, in order to change the name to
28931 , add the following line to the preamble:
28934 \begin_layout Standard
28942 nomname}{List of Symbols}
28945 \begin_layout Standard
28946 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28952 \begin_layout Standard
28953 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
28954 by adding the following line to the preamble:
28957 \begin_layout Standard
28965 nomlabelwidth}{width}
28968 \begin_layout Standard
28971 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
28972 \begin_inset space ~
28976 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28978 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
28983 The default value is 1
28984 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28990 \begin_layout Subsection
28991 Nomenclature Program
28992 \begin_inset Index idx
28995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28996 Nomenclature ! Program
29002 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29004 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
29011 \begin_layout Standard
29012 LyX uses the program
29016 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
29017 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
29022 by adding options, see section
29023 \begin_inset space ~
29027 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29029 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
29034 The available options are listed and explained in
29035 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29037 key "nomencl,makeindex"
29044 \begin_layout Section
29046 \begin_inset Index idx
29049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29056 \begin_inset Index idx
29059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29060 Document ! Branches
29066 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29068 name "sec:Branches"
29075 \begin_layout Standard
29076 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
29077 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
29078 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
29079 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
29082 \begin_layout Standard
29083 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
29084 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
29085 To create a branch, either select the menu
29087 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29088 Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29091 (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
29093 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29100 , where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
29101 state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
29102 its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
29103 be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
29104 (see below for an example).
29105 Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
29106 to the name of the other) and to add
29107 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29111 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29115 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29119 \begin_inset space ~
29122 branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
29123 , without having being defined) to the document's branch list.
29126 \begin_layout Standard
29127 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
29128 These boxes are inserted via the menu
29130 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29133 where you can choose a branch.
29134 You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
29138 \begin_layout Standard
29139 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
29140 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
29143 \begin_layout Standard
29144 \begin_inset Branch Question
29147 \begin_layout Standard
29148 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
29156 \begin_layout Standard
29157 \begin_inset Branch Answer
29160 \begin_layout Standard
29161 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
29169 \begin_layout Standard
29176 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29177 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29180 , the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
29181 Consider for example a file
29182 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29186 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29189 which has the above branches.
29191 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29198 is active, the PDF export file would be called
29199 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29203 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29207 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29211 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29215 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29219 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29222 branch were inactive,
29223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29238 branch was active, likewise
29239 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29243 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29247 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29254 branch was active, and
29255 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29258 Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
29259 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29262 if both branches were active.
29263 This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
29267 \begin_layout Standard
29268 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
29274 \begin_layout Standard
29275 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
29276 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
29278 For example you can define for the question branch
29282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29283 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
29284 \begin_inset space ~
29288 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29290 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29302 \begin_layout Standard
29312 \begin_layout Standard
29322 \begin_layout Standard
29323 and for the answer branch
29326 \begin_layout Standard
29336 \begin_layout Standard
29346 \begin_layout Standard
29347 \begin_inset Branch Question
29350 \begin_layout Standard
29354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29382 \begin_layout Standard
29383 \begin_inset Branch Answer
29386 \begin_layout Standard
29390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29418 \begin_layout Standard
29419 Now it is possible to use the commands
29423 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29430 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29433 to obtain conditional output.
29434 Here is an example formula where only the
29441 \begin_inset Formula
29443 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
29451 \begin_layout Standard
29452 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
29460 \begin_layout Section
29462 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29464 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
29469 \begin_inset Index idx
29472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29481 \begin_layout Standard
29486 dialog allows you in the
29490 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
29491 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
29496 \begin_inset Index idx
29499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29500 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
29508 \begin_layout Standard
29513 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
29514 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
29515 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
29517 You can specify in the dialog tab
29521 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
29523 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
29524 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
29528 \begin_layout Standard
29533 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
29534 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
29535 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
29537 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
29538 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
29540 \begin_inset space ~
29543 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
29544 \begin_inset space ~
29547 1 will only display the sections.
29550 \begin_layout Standard
29551 The header information in the dialog tab
29555 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
29556 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
29557 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29561 \begin_inset space \space{}
29564 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
29565 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
29568 Automatic fill header
29570 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
29571 title and author settings.
29574 \begin_layout Standard
29577 Load in fullscreen mode
29579 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
29582 \begin_layout Standard
29583 PDF properties are also used in this document.
29584 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
29590 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
29591 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29600 \begin_layout Section
29601 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
29602 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29604 name "sec:TeX-Code"
29611 \begin_layout Subsection
29613 \begin_inset Index idx
29616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29623 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29625 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
29632 \begin_layout Standard
29633 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
29634 constructs, but not all.
29635 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
29636 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
29637 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
29638 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
29639 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
29643 \begin_layout Standard
29644 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
29646 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
29648 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29650 \begin_inset space ~
29655 or by the toolbar button
29656 \begin_inset Graphics
29657 filename ../../images/ert-insert.png
29662 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
29666 \begin_layout Standard
29667 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
29668 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
29669 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
29670 using the LaTeX-command
29676 , you can write the command part
29682 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
29686 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
29687 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
29688 the following example:
29691 \begin_layout Standard
29692 \begin_inset Graphics
29693 filename ../clipart/ERT.png
29701 \begin_layout Standard
29705 \begin_layout Standard
29706 This is a line with a
29710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29733 \begin_layout Standard
29734 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
29737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29742 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
29743 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
29751 \begin_layout Subsection
29752 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
29753 \begin_inset Argument
29756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29763 \begin_inset Index idx
29766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29773 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29775 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29782 \begin_layout Standard
29783 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
29784 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
29785 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
29786 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29790 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29794 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
29795 any time if you know the right commands.
29797 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29801 \begin_inset space \space{}
29804 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
29806 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
29807 all caption labels bold.
29808 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
29810 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
29814 \begin_layout Standard
29815 Now LaTeX comes into play.
29816 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
29817 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
29819 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29828 \begin_layout Standard
29829 As result you know that the package
29834 \begin_inset Index idx
29837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29838 LaTeX-packages ! caption
29844 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
29846 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29852 \begin_layout Standard
29857 usepackage[options]{package name}
29860 \begin_layout Standard
29861 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
29862 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
29863 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
29866 \begin_layout Standard
29867 In your case the package name is
29872 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
29877 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
29878 So you add the command
29881 \begin_layout Standard
29886 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
29889 \begin_layout Standard
29890 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
29894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29895 For more commands provided by the
29899 package, have a look at its documentation,
29900 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29914 \begin_layout Standard
29915 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
29917 For example if you use a
29921 class, you don't need the package
29925 , you can instead write
29928 \begin_layout Standard
29933 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
29938 \begin_layout Standard
29939 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
29940 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
29941 documentation of the document class you want to use.
29948 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
29951 \begin_layout Standard
29952 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
29953 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
29955 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
29956 the previous section.
29959 \begin_layout Standard
29960 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
29962 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29964 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
29971 \begin_layout Standard
29972 \begin_inset Newpage cleardoublepage
29978 \begin_layout Standard
29982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29992 \begin_inset Note Note
29995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29996 switches temporarily to a page style with custom header and footer line
30004 \begin_layout Left Header
30005 \begin_inset Argument
30008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30028 \begin_inset Note Note
30031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30032 defines the header line as described below
30040 \begin_layout Center Header
30041 \begin_inset Argument
30044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30053 \begin_layout Right Header
30054 \begin_inset Argument
30057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30078 \begin_layout Left Footer
30079 \begin_inset Argument
30082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30103 \begin_layout Center Footer
30104 \begin_inset Argument
30107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30118 \begin_inset Newline newline
30122 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
30128 \begin_layout Right Footer
30129 \begin_inset Argument
30132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30154 \begin_layout Section
30155 Customized Page Headers and Footers
30156 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30158 name "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
30163 \begin_inset Index idx
30166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30169 Document ! Header/Footer line
30175 \begin_inset Index idx
30178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30189 \begin_layout Standard
30190 To define custom page header and footer line for your document, you need
30191 to set the headings style to
30197 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30203 \begin_inset space ~
30209 As second step add in the menu
30211 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30212 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30216 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30219 Custom Header/Footerlines
30220 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30224 This module offers the 6
30225 \begin_inset space ~
30231 \begin_layout Description
30233 \begin_inset space ~
30237 \begin_inset space ~
30241 \begin_inset space ~
30245 \begin_inset space ~
30249 \begin_inset space ~
30255 \begin_layout Description
30257 \begin_inset space ~
30261 \begin_inset space ~
30265 \begin_inset space ~
30269 \begin_inset space ~
30273 \begin_inset space ~
30279 \begin_layout Standard
30280 for the different positions in the header/footer.
30283 \begin_layout Standard
30284 Normally, headers and footers are set up in the beginning of the document.
30285 but you can change them anywhere you want to.
30287 \begin_inset space ~
30291 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30293 reference "fig:Page-layout"
30297 shows the page layout and where the header/footer styles will appear.
30300 \begin_layout Standard
30301 \begin_inset Float figure
30307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30310 \begin_inset Tabular
30311 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
30312 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
30313 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30314 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30315 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30317 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
30329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30335 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30346 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30364 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30375 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none" width="90line%">
30378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30379 The normal text on the page goes here.
30380 The running header is above thel text, and the footer is below (including
30382 Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number, title of
30383 the chapter, company logo but your can use almost anything, except of floats.
30388 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30397 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30408 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30426 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30437 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
30449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30455 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30473 \begin_inset Caption
30475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30476 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30478 name "fig:Page-layout"
30482 Page layout with custom header and footer line.
30495 \begin_layout Subsection
30499 \begin_layout Standard
30500 To define your header line, add all 3
30501 \begin_inset space ~
30505 The things you add to the styles appear on uneven pages, the things in
30506 the optional arguments on even pages.
30507 For single-sided documents, the optional arguments will not be used and
30509 If you leave a style or its argument empty, nothing appears in the output.
30510 Defining the footer line works similar.
30513 \begin_layout Standard
30514 For the definition, you will need some LaTeX-commands that are inserted
30517 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30530 \begin_inset space ~
30538 \begin_layout Description
30541 thepage prints the current page number
30544 \begin_layout Description
30547 Roman{page} prints the current page number with capital roman numerals
30550 \begin_layout Description
30553 roman{page} prints the current page number with small roman numerals
30556 \begin_layout Description
30559 leftmark prints the current section number and title.
30560 If the document has chapters, it prints the current chapter number and
30563 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30567 \begin_inset Quotes prd
30570 because it usually goes in a left header.
30573 \begin_layout Description
30576 rightmark prints the current subsection number and title.
30577 If the document has chapters, it prints the current section number and
30579 It is normally used in the right header.
30582 \begin_layout Subsection
30583 Default header/footer
30586 \begin_layout Standard
30587 The custom header/footer is not empty by default.
30588 The default header contains the chapter and section title and the center
30589 footer has the page number.
30590 In order to remove unwanted entries from the header/footer, include the
30591 relevant header/footer style in your document, but leave it blank.
30592 So, if you do not want a page number in the footer, include a blank
30595 \begin_inset space ~
30603 \begin_layout Subsection
30607 \begin_layout Standard
30608 The header and footer will appear on normal pages.
30609 Some pages are different.
30610 The title page has a style of its own, and so has any page that starts
30611 a new part or chapter in your book.
30612 Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers, but that is normal.
30613 There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on
30614 the chapter page where the chapter heading is in big bold letters anyway.
30617 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30618 Header and footer decoration line
30621 \begin_layout Standard
30622 By default, you get a 0.4
30623 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30626 pt thick line below the header and no footer line.
30627 This can be changed in the document preamble with the commands
30639 in the following scheme:
30642 \begin_layout Standard
30649 headrulewidth}{thickness}
30652 \begin_layout Standard
30653 Where thickness is a size in standard units like
30662 If you don't want a line, set the thickness to 0
30663 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30669 \begin_layout Standard
30670 The lines can also be colored, but this requires more knowledge of LaTeX.
30671 If you really need this, have a look in the Internet or in sec.
30672 \begin_inset space ~
30676 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30685 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30686 Several header/footer lines
30689 \begin_layout Standard
30690 In case that you need more than one text line as a header/footer, you can
30691 do this by adding a normal line break in the style definition.
30692 However, the default height of the header/footer is only the one of one
30694 To expand the height, redefine the LaTeX length
30706 in this scheme in your document preamble:
30709 \begin_layout Standard
30716 headheight}{height}
30719 \begin_layout Standard
30720 Where height is a size in standard units.
30721 If you don't know which amount of space is needed for the height, define
30722 your header/footer and preview your document as PDF.
30723 Then open the LaTeX logfile via the menu
30725 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30739 and look via the button
30742 \begin_inset space ~
30747 if you find a warning of the package
30752 \begin_inset Index idx
30755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30758 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
30764 If there is such a warning, it contains the space that you need at least
30765 for your header/footer.
30768 \begin_layout Subsection
30772 \begin_layout Standard
30773 This example demonstrates what can be done with custom header/footers.
30774 Don't use it for yor document as it is just an example.
30775 This example consists of the following definition:
30778 \begin_layout Description
30780 \begin_inset space ~
30789 , empty optional argument
30792 \begin_layout Description
30794 \begin_inset space ~
30797 Header empty, empty optional argument
30800 \begin_layout Description
30802 \begin_inset space ~
30811 in the optional argument
30814 \begin_layout Description
30816 \begin_inset space ~
30825 in the optional argument
30828 \begin_layout Description
30830 \begin_inset space ~
30842 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30846 \begin_inset Newline newline
30850 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
30854 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30857 in the optional argument
30860 \begin_layout Description
30862 \begin_inset space ~
30871 , empty optional argument
30874 \begin_layout Description
30877 headrulewidth set to 2
30878 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30884 \begin_layout Standard
30885 In principle you can use almost everything in headers/footers, except of
30887 For more special things like e.
30888 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30892 \begin_inset space ~
30895 thumb-indexes, see the manual of the
30900 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30909 \begin_layout Standard
30910 \begin_inset Newpage clearpage
30916 \begin_layout Standard
30920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30924 pagestyle{headings}
30930 \begin_inset Note Note
30933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30936 switches back to page style with the default headings
30944 \begin_layout Section
30945 Previewing Snippets of your Document
30946 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30948 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
30953 \begin_inset Index idx
30956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30963 \begin_inset Index idx
30966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30975 \begin_layout Standard
30976 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
30977 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
30978 to break your train of thought with
30980 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30986 \begin_layout Standard
30987 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
30988 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
30993 \begin_inset Index idx
30996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30997 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
31002 as explained below, and turn on
31005 \begin_inset space ~
31012 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31016 \begin_inset space ~
31020 \begin_inset space ~
31023 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31028 \begin_inset space ~
31033 is the multiplication factor for the size.
31036 \begin_layout Standard
31037 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
31039 Previews of an already loaded document are
31043 generated just by selecting the
31046 \begin_inset space ~
31051 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
31054 \begin_layout Standard
31055 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
31056 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
31059 \begin_inset space ~
31064 check box in the insert dialog.
31065 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
31069 \begin_layout Standard
31070 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
31074 (on some systems named simply
31079 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
31081 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
31087 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
31088 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
31096 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
31100 \begin_layout Standard
31101 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
31107 \begin_layout Standard
31108 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
31112 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31114 \begin_inset space ~
31119 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
31120 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
31122 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
31123 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
31124 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
31125 the source view window.
31128 \begin_layout Section
31129 Advanced Find and Replace
31130 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31132 name "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
31137 \begin_inset Index idx
31140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31147 \begin_inset Index idx
31150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31159 \begin_layout Subsection
31163 \begin_layout Standard
31164 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex,
31165 format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents.
31166 It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature.
31167 The key-features are:
31170 \begin_layout Itemize
31171 Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the
31172 latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire
31173 mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex
31177 \begin_layout Itemize
31178 Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in
31179 any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics
31180 ), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with
31181 a section heading will only be found within section headings
31184 \begin_layout Itemize
31185 Search may be widened to a specific
31190 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31194 \begin_inset space ~
31197 a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited,
31198 all the open files, or all the manuals available from the
31205 \begin_layout Itemize
31206 Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text
31207 capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
31208 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31212 \begin_inset space ~
31215 all lowercase, all uppercase, first uppercase followed by lowercase)
31218 \begin_layout Subsection
31222 \begin_layout Standard
31223 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX is activated through the menu
31226 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31239 arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv"
31242 ) or the toolbar button
31245 arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv"
31251 Advanced Find and Replace
31256 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31260 \begin_layout Standard
31265 LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
31270 button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the
31275 The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized
31276 , bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text.
31277 Pressing repeatedly
31281 keeps searching forward.
31282 Similarly, pressing
31286 searches for the entered text backwards.
31289 \begin_layout Standard
31290 While searching, the
31294 option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
31304 option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries.
31307 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31308 Searching for mathematics
31311 \begin_layout Standard
31312 Mathematical formulas may be searched for by typing in the
31316 editor a mathematical formula, such as
31317 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
31320 or also something more complex like
31321 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$
31325 When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
31326 it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas, for example
31327 the mentioned segments would be found in something like
31328 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
31334 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31338 \begin_layout Standard
31339 It is also possible to search for text with specific styles.
31340 This is done by switching to the
31344 tab of the dialog and unchecking the
31349 This way, entering in the
31356 \begin_layout Itemize
31357 a plain word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring
31358 in emphasized or boldface.
31361 \begin_layout Itemize
31362 an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective
31363 instances with same face only, and within the same text style only.
31364 Note that, for example, an emphasized text is found not only when occurring
31365 alone, but also when it is contained in a longer emphasized sentence.
31368 \begin_layout Itemize
31369 a plain word in a section heading, and searching for it, finds occurrences
31370 of if only within section headings.
31371 Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition
31372 to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same
31376 \begin_layout Itemize
31377 some mathematics in a displayed formula will only find instances of this
31378 formula that are also displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
31381 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31385 \begin_layout Standard
31386 The text segments matching the text entered in the
31390 editor may be replaced with the text segments entered in the
31398 In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the
31402 button or alternatively
31424 \begin_layout Standard
31425 You can replace full-featured formatted LyX segments in place of the matching
31426 text segments in your document.
31427 Typical scenarios in which to use this capability may be (just to mention
31431 \begin_layout Itemize
31432 replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the
31433 same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like
31434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31441 with its typewriter version
31444 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31448 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31454 \begin_layout Itemize
31455 performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing
31457 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31461 \begin_inset Formula $R$
31465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31469 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31473 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$
31477 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31480 (you may want to enable the
31488 options and disable the
31496 tab, in order to avoid replacing all
31497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31504 letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of
31505 \begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$
31509 \begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$
31512 , or occurrences of
31513 \begin_inset Formula $x[k]$
31517 \begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$
31523 \begin_layout Subsection
31527 \begin_layout Standard
31528 There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility.
31532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31533 A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry:
31535 \begin_inset CommandInset href
31537 target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
31546 You can search for regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into
31552 This is done via the menu
31554 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31555 Insert Regular Expression
31557 while the cursor is in the
31562 Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular
31563 expression matching rules
31567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31568 Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX
31570 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31574 \begin_inset space ~
31577 when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed
31578 to match expressions.
31583 , while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the
31584 same text in the document.
31585 Note that it is allowed to cut and paste regexp-mode insets as usual.
31586 Examples of using such a feature may be:
31589 \begin_layout Enumerate
31590 Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering
31595 editor the fraction
31596 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$
31600 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31603 on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all
31604 fractions with the given denominator.
31607 \begin_layout Enumerate
31608 Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking
31620 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31625 regular expression and adding for it an emphasized or bold face, finds
31626 all emphasized and bold face text, respectively.
31628 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31631 regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading,
31632 you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings.
31635 \begin_layout Standard
31636 Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual,
31637 enclosing parts of the expression within round braces
31638 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31641 , and referring back to them through
31642 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31646 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
31650 For example, try searching for the regexp
31651 \begin_inset Formula $([a-z]+)[[:blank:]]\backslash1$
31654 in order to find word repetitions, if there are any.
31657 \begin_layout Standard
31658 Note that back references work both when occurring within the same regexp,
31659 and when occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of
31660 back-referenced sub-expressions is absolute, i.
31661 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31665 \begin_inset space ~
31669 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31672 always refers to the first occurrence of
31673 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31676 in all entered regexps.
31679 \begin_layout Standard
31680 Note also that the use of back references in the replaced text is not (yet)
31684 \begin_layout Section
31686 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31688 name "sec:Spellchecking"
31693 \begin_inset Index idx
31696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31705 \begin_layout Standard
31706 LyX has a built-in spell checker.
31709 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31716 or the toolbar button
31719 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
31722 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
31723 A sidebar will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found, allowing
31724 you to edit and replace it in a second line.
31725 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
31726 scrolled so that it is visible.
31727 In the spellchecker sidebar, there is a box showing suggestions for a correctio
31728 n, if any could be found.
31729 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
31733 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
31734 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
31737 \begin_layout Standard
31738 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
31741 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31745 You can specify the language of a word in the spellchecker dialog by choosing
31746 a different one at the top of the dialog.
31747 LyX can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
31748 This work if you have marked the different languages appropriately and
31749 have the spell checker dictionaries installed.
31750 LyX automatically switches to the appropriate dictionary file.
31753 \begin_layout Subsection
31757 \begin_layout Standard
31758 In LyX's preferences dialog under
31761 \begin_inset space ~
31764 Setting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31767 you can set the following things:
31770 \begin_layout Description
31772 \begin_inset space ~
31775 engine Select the library LyX should use for spell checking.
31776 Depending on your platform,
31790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31791 Enchant itself is a wrapper library having different configurable back-ends.
31792 Please consult the documentation or man-page of it to learn more.
31807 \begin_layout Description
31809 \begin_inset space ~
31812 language If this field is not empty, LyX will always use the given language
31813 for the spell checking, no matter what the document language is.
31816 \begin_layout Description
31818 \begin_inset space ~
31821 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
31823 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31827 \begin_inset space \space{}
31831 This should normally not be needed.
31834 \begin_layout Description
31836 \begin_inset space ~
31840 \begin_inset space ~
31843 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
31845 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31849 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31855 \begin_layout Description
31857 \begin_inset space ~
31860 continously Check the spelling of your document as you type it.
31861 Misspelled words gets underlined with a dotted red line.
31862 By right-clicking on an underlined word, the suggestions by the spell appear
31863 in the context menu.
31864 Choosing one of them will replace the misspelled word with the suggested
31868 \begin_layout Description
31870 \begin_inset space ~
31874 \begin_inset space ~
31878 \begin_inset space ~
31881 comments If enabled, the spelling of non-printed document contents is checked
31885 \begin_layout Section
31887 \begin_inset Index idx
31890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31897 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31899 name "sec:Thesaurus"
31906 \begin_layout Standard
31907 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
31908 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
31917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31918 \begin_inset CommandInset href
31920 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
31929 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
31930 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
31931 are available for many languages.
31934 \begin_layout Standard
31935 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
31939 \begin_layout Subsection
31940 Setting up the thesaurus
31943 \begin_layout Standard
31948 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
31953 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
31958 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
31960 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31964 en_EN for English).
31965 For instance, the English files are named:
31968 \begin_layout Itemize
31972 \begin_layout Itemize
31976 \begin_layout Standard
31977 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
31978 already on your system.
31979 If not, you can get dictionaries from the site
31980 \begin_inset Flex URL
31983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31985 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
31991 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, these files are usually packed in extension
31996 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
31998 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
31999 unpack a zip archive.
32002 \begin_layout Standard
32011 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
32012 s), and specify the path to this directory in
32014 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32015 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32019 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
32022 \begin_layout Subsection
32023 Using the thesaurus
32026 \begin_layout Standard
32027 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
32029 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32032 or the toolbar button
32033 \begin_inset Graphics
32034 filename ../../images/thesaurus-entry.png
32035 rotateOrigin center
32039 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
32041 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
32043 The proposals are grouped into categories.
32044 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
32045 and hyponyms (such as
32053 ), compounds (such as
32057 ) and antonyms (such as
32065 ), which are marked as such.
32068 \begin_layout Standard
32069 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
32070 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
32074 \begin_layout Standard
32075 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
32076 the dictionary, such as the above
32080 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
32081 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32085 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
32086 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
32087 For example looking up the word forms
32095 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
32100 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
32101 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32113 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
32114 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
32115 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
32118 \begin_layout Subsection
32119 License of the Thesaurus library
32122 \begin_layout Standard
32127 library, which is used by LyX for the thesaurus, was created by
32132 as a standalone program.
32133 Version 1.1 of the library is included in LyX.
32134 The library was released under the
32136 Berkeley Database License
32138 , which is compatible with LyX's license, the GPL.
32139 In order to meet the requirements of the Berkeley Database License, the
32140 MyThes license file is included in the LyX sources in the folder
32142 ~src/support/mythes/license.readme
32145 In LyX Windows installations it is additionally available in the file
32149 that is in the same folder as the file lyx.exe.
32152 \begin_layout Section
32154 \begin_inset Index idx
32157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32164 \begin_inset Index idx
32167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32168 Document ! Change Tracking
32174 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32176 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
32183 \begin_layout Standard
32184 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
32185 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
32186 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
32187 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
32189 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32191 \begin_inset space ~
32194 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32196 \begin_inset space ~
32204 \begin_layout Standard
32205 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
32219 The color depends on the author that made the change.
32220 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
32223 \begin_inset space ~
32227 \begin_inset space ~
32237 \begin_inset Index idx
32240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32241 Color ! Change tracking
32246 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
32247 the cursor is in changed text.
32248 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
32249 \begin_inset Graphics
32250 filename ../../images/changes-merge.png
32251 rotateOrigin center
32258 \begin_layout Standard
32259 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
32260 \begin_inset Index idx
32263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32272 \begin_layout Standard
32273 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32279 \begin_layout Standard
32280 \begin_inset Graphics
32281 filename ../clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
32288 \begin_layout Standard
32289 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32295 \begin_layout Standard
32296 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
32300 \begin_layout Standard
32301 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32307 \begin_layout Standard
32308 \begin_inset Tabular
32309 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
32310 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
32311 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32312 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32313 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32318 \begin_inset Graphics
32319 filename ../../images/changes-track.png
32320 rotateOrigin center
32329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32335 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32337 \begin_inset space ~
32340 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32342 \begin_inset space ~
32351 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32356 \begin_inset Graphics
32357 filename ../../images/changes-output.png
32358 rotateOrigin center
32367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32373 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32375 \begin_inset space ~
32378 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32380 \begin_inset space ~
32384 \begin_inset space ~
32388 \begin_inset space ~
32397 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32402 \begin_inset Graphics
32403 filename ../../images/change-next.png
32404 rotateOrigin center
32413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32417 Jumps to the next change
32423 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32428 \begin_inset Graphics
32429 filename ../../images/change-accept.png
32430 rotateOrigin center
32439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32445 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32447 \begin_inset space ~
32450 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32452 \begin_inset space ~
32461 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32466 \begin_inset Graphics
32467 filename ../../images/change-reject.png
32468 rotateOrigin center
32477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32483 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32485 \begin_inset space ~
32488 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32490 \begin_inset space ~
32499 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32504 \begin_inset Graphics
32505 filename ../../images/changes-merge.png
32506 rotateOrigin center
32515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32521 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32523 \begin_inset space ~
32526 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32528 \begin_inset space ~
32537 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32542 \begin_inset Graphics
32543 filename ../../images/all-changes-accept.png
32544 rotateOrigin center
32553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32559 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32561 \begin_inset space ~
32564 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32566 \begin_inset space ~
32570 \begin_inset space ~
32579 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32584 \begin_inset Graphics
32585 filename ../../images/all-changes-reject.png
32586 rotateOrigin center
32595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32601 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32603 \begin_inset space ~
32606 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32608 \begin_inset space ~
32612 \begin_inset space ~
32621 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32626 \begin_inset Graphics
32627 filename ../../images/note-insert.png
32628 rotateOrigin center
32637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32643 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32644 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32646 \begin_inset space ~
32655 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32660 \begin_inset Graphics
32661 filename ../../images/note-next.png
32662 rotateOrigin center
32671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32677 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32679 \begin_inset space ~
32695 \begin_layout Standard
32696 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32702 \begin_layout Standard
32703 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
32704 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
32705 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
32706 the next change after the current cursor position.
32707 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
32708 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
32709 step to the next change.
32710 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
32713 \begin_layout Standard
32714 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
32715 to describe a change.
32718 \begin_layout Standard
32719 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
32724 \begin_inset Index idx
32727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32728 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
32734 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
32735 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32741 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
32744 \begin_layout Section
32745 Comparison of Documents
32746 \begin_inset Index idx
32749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32752 Comparison of documents
32760 \begin_layout Standard
32761 You can compare two different LyX files via the menu
32763 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32767 The comparison result is a LyX file with change tracking enabled showing
32769 In the comparison dialog you can select with the option
32772 \begin_inset space ~
32776 \begin_inset space ~
32780 \begin_inset space ~
32785 from which document LyX should take the document settings for the the resulting
32790 \begin_inset space ~
32794 \begin_inset space ~
32798 \begin_inset space ~
32802 \begin_inset space ~
32806 \begin_inset space ~
32810 \begin_inset space ~
32815 enables the change tracking option
32818 \begin_inset space ~
32822 \begin_inset space ~
32826 \begin_inset space ~
32831 to visualize the differences also in the PDF output of the difference file.
32834 \begin_layout Section
32835 International Support
32836 \begin_inset Index idx
32839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32840 International support
32848 \begin_layout Standard
32849 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
32850 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
32851 how to set up LyX to use them:
32852 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32854 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
32861 \begin_layout Standard
32862 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
32863 \begin_inset space ~
32867 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32869 reference "sub:Special-Character"
32876 \begin_layout Subsection
32878 \begin_inset Index idx
32881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32888 \begin_inset Index idx
32891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32892 Document ! Settings
32898 \begin_inset Index idx
32901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32902 Document ! Language
32910 \begin_layout Standard
32913 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32916 dialog lets you set
32918 the language and character encoding for your language.
32922 \begin_layout Standard
32923 Choose your language in the
32927 section of this dialog.
32935 \begin_layout Standard
32940 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
32945 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
32946 For details about the different encoding options see section
32947 \begin_inset space ~
32951 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32953 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
32960 \begin_layout Subsection
32961 Keyboard mapping configuration
32962 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32964 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
32971 \begin_layout Standard
32972 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
32973 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
32974 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
32975 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
32976 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
32978 \begin_inset space ~
32982 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32984 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
32989 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
32990 which one you want to use.
32993 \begin_layout Standard
32994 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
32995 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
32996 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
32997 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
32998 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
32999 one to support the characters you want.
33000 This and many other customizations are explained in the
33007 \begin_layout Subsection
33011 \begin_layout Standard
33013 \begin_inset space ~
33017 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33019 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
33028 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
33032 \begin_layout Standard
33033 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
33034 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
33042 \begin_layout Itemize
33043 Even if you have selected
33049 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33052 dialog, users who have only the
33056 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
33060 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
33061 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
33062 french quotes won't show up.
33065 \begin_layout Standard
33066 \begin_inset Float table
33071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33072 \begin_inset Caption
33074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33075 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33077 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
33093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33095 \begin_inset Tabular
33096 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
33097 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
33098 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33099 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33100 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33101 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33102 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33103 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33104 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33105 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33106 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33107 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33108 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33109 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33110 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33111 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33112 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33113 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33114 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33967 \begin_inset Quotes eld
33975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37527 \begin_layout Standard
37528 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
37530 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
37531 also the characters from
37543 \begin_layout Itemize
37552 \begin_layout Standard
37553 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
37554 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37560 \begin_layout Standard
37561 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
37562 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37568 \begin_layout Standard
37569 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
37570 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37576 \begin_layout Standard
37577 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
37578 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37584 \begin_layout Standard
37586 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37592 \begin_layout Standard
37594 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37600 \begin_layout Standard
37602 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37609 \begin_layout Itemize
37622 \begin_layout Standard
37624 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37630 \begin_layout Standard
37632 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37638 \begin_layout Standard
37640 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37646 \begin_layout Standard
37648 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37654 \begin_layout Standard
37656 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37662 \begin_layout Standard
37664 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37671 \begin_layout Standard
37672 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
37673 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
37674 Also make sure you're using the
37681 \begin_layout Chapter
37684 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37686 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
37693 \begin_layout Standard
37694 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
37695 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
37696 topic inside the user's guide.
37699 \begin_layout Section
37701 \begin_inset Index idx
37704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37713 \begin_layout Standard
37718 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
37721 \begin_layout Subsection
37725 \begin_layout Standard
37726 Creates a new document.
37729 \begin_layout Subsection
37733 \begin_layout Standard
37734 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
37735 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
37736 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
37739 \begin_layout Subsection
37743 \begin_layout Standard
37747 \begin_layout Subsection
37751 \begin_layout Standard
37752 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
37753 Click there on a file to open it.
37756 \begin_layout Subsection
37760 \begin_layout Standard
37761 Closes the current document.
37764 \begin_layout Subsection
37768 \begin_layout Standard
37769 Closes all opened documents.
37772 \begin_layout Subsection
37776 \begin_layout Standard
37777 Saves the actual document.
37780 \begin_layout Subsection
37784 \begin_layout Standard
37785 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
37788 \begin_layout Subsection
37792 \begin_layout Standard
37793 Saves all opened documents.
37796 \begin_layout Subsection
37800 \begin_layout Standard
37801 Reloads the actual document from disk.
37804 \begin_layout Subsection
37808 \begin_layout Standard
37809 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
37810 It is described in the section
37812 Version Control in LyX
37816 Additional Features
37821 \begin_layout Subsection
37825 \begin_layout Standard
37826 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
37827 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
37828 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
37829 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
37832 \begin_layout Standard
37833 When using the menu entry
37836 \begin_inset space ~
37841 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
37845 \begin_inset space ~
37849 \begin_inset space ~
37854 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
37855 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
37858 \begin_layout Subsection
37860 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37869 \begin_layout Standard
37870 You can export your document to various file formats.
37871 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
37872 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
37873 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
37876 \begin_layout Standard
37877 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
37879 \begin_inset space ~
37883 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37885 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
37892 \begin_layout Description
37896 \begin_inset space ~
37901 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
37903 \begin_inset Newline newline
37906 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
37909 \begin_layout Description
37917 \begin_layout Description
37918 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
37922 \begin_layout Description
37924 \begin_inset space ~
37928 \begin_inset space ~
37931 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
37935 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
37943 \begin_layout Description
37950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37958 \begin_inset space ~
37963 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
37964 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
37968 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
37971 \begin_layout Description
37978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37986 \begin_inset space ~
37991 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
37992 document will be converted to
37994 the EPS-format, only this format is readable by the latex program
37997 \begin_layout Description
37999 \begin_inset space ~
38004 LyX-Dokument in a format readable by the LyX versions z.y.x (
38005 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38009 \begin_inset Quotes grd
38013 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38017 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38020 represent the version number)
38023 \begin_layout Description
38026 HTML-format, using LyX's internal XHTML engine
38029 \begin_layout Description
38030 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted file, to be opened with
38043 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
38047 \begin_layout Description
38051 \begin_inset space ~
38056 PDF-format using the program
38061 \begin_layout Description
38065 \begin_inset space ~
38070 PDF-format using the program
38075 \begin_layout Description
38079 \begin_inset space ~
38084 PDF-format using the program
38089 \begin_layout Description
38093 \begin_inset space ~
38101 \begin_layout Description
38105 \begin_inset space ~
38109 \begin_inset space ~
38114 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
38115 and then exported as text using the program
38120 \begin_layout Description
38125 PostScript format using the program
38130 \begin_layout Standard
38135 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
38136 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
38142 produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
38145 \begin_layout Standard
38146 If one of the menu entries
38153 \begin_inset space ~
38162 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
38163 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
38164 \begin_inset space ~
38168 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38170 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38175 \begin_inset Index idx
38178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38179 Reconfiguration of LyX
38187 \begin_layout Standard
38192 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
38193 the export program.
38196 \begin_layout Subsection
38200 \begin_layout Standard
38201 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
38202 format or send it to a printer.
38203 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
38204 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
38210 For more information have a look at section
38211 \begin_inset space ~
38215 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38217 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
38224 \begin_layout Subsection
38228 \begin_layout Standard
38229 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
38230 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
38231 prefix, see section
38232 \begin_inset space ~
38236 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38238 reference "sec:Paths"
38243 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
38252 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
38253 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
38254 \begin_inset space ~
38258 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38260 reference "sub:Converters"
38267 \begin_layout Subsection
38268 New and Close Window
38271 \begin_layout Standard
38272 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
38275 \begin_layout Subsection
38279 \begin_layout Standard
38280 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
38283 \begin_layout Section
38285 \begin_inset Index idx
38288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38297 \begin_layout Subsection
38301 \begin_layout Standard
38302 Described in section
38303 \begin_inset space ~
38307 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38309 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
38316 \begin_layout Subsection
38317 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
38320 \begin_layout Standard
38321 Described in section
38322 \begin_inset space ~
38326 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38328 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38335 \begin_layout Subsection
38339 \begin_layout Standard
38340 Selects the whole document.
38343 \begin_layout Subsection
38347 \begin_layout Standard
38348 Described in section
38349 \begin_inset space ~
38353 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38355 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38362 \begin_layout Subsection
38363 Move Paragraph Up/Down
38366 \begin_layout Standard
38367 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
38371 \begin_layout Subsection
38375 \begin_layout Standard
38376 Described in section
38377 \begin_inset space ~
38381 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38383 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
38390 \begin_layout Subsection
38392 \begin_inset Index idx
38395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38396 Paragraph ! Settings
38404 \begin_layout Standard
38405 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
38406 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
38409 \begin_layout Standard
38410 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
38411 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
38413 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38419 \begin_inset space ~
38427 \begin_layout Subsection
38428 Table Settings and Math
38431 \begin_layout Standard
38432 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
38434 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
38435 The properties of tables are described in section
38436 \begin_inset space ~
38440 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38442 reference "sec:Tables"
38446 , the properties of formulas in chapter
38447 \begin_inset space ~
38451 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38453 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
38460 \begin_layout Subsection
38461 Increase / Decrease List Depth
38464 \begin_layout Standard
38465 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
38466 that can be nested.
38467 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
38468 \begin_inset space ~
38472 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38474 reference "sec:Nesting"
38479 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38481 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
38488 \begin_layout Section
38490 \begin_inset Index idx
38493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38502 \begin_layout Standard
38507 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
38508 document with an external program.
38509 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
38510 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
38511 All possible formats are formats listed in section
38512 \begin_inset space ~
38516 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38518 reference "sub:Export"
38523 You should at least see the menu entries
38530 \begin_inset space ~
38536 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
38537 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
38538 \begin_inset space ~
38542 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38544 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38549 \begin_inset Index idx
38552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38553 Reconfiguration of LyX
38561 \begin_layout Standard
38562 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
38563 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
38564 \begin_inset space ~
38568 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38570 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38575 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
38578 \begin_layout Standard
38579 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
38582 At the bottom of the
38586 menu the opened documents are listed.
38589 \begin_layout Subsection
38590 Open/Close all Insets
38593 \begin_layout Standard
38594 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
38597 \begin_layout Subsection
38598 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
38601 \begin_layout Standard
38602 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
38605 \begin_layout Standard
38606 Math macros are described in the
38613 \begin_layout Subsection
38617 \begin_layout Standard
38618 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
38620 \begin_inset space ~
38624 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38626 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
38633 \begin_layout Subsection
38637 \begin_layout Standard
38638 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
38639 opening a new view window.
38642 \begin_layout Subsection
38646 \begin_layout Standard
38647 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
38648 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
38649 view the same document, but at different positions.
38650 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
38651 or more documents at the same time.
38652 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
38659 \begin_layout Subsection
38663 \begin_layout Standard
38664 Closes a split view.
38667 \begin_layout Subsection
38671 \begin_layout Standard
38672 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
38673 so that you will see nothing but your text.
38674 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
38675 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
38676 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
38679 \begin_layout Subsection
38681 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38683 name "sub:Toolbars"
38688 \begin_inset Index idx
38691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38700 \begin_layout Standard
38701 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
38702 All toolbars and the
38705 \begin_inset space ~
38710 can be turned on and off.
38715 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
38727 \begin_inset space ~
38736 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
38740 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
38747 \begin_layout Standard
38752 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
38756 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
38757 or when a certain feature is enabled.
38758 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
38759 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
38760 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
38763 \begin_layout Standard
38764 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
38765 \begin_inset space ~
38769 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38771 reference "sec:Toolbars"
38778 \begin_layout Section
38780 \begin_inset Index idx
38783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38792 \begin_layout Subsection
38796 \begin_layout Standard
38797 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
38798 \begin_inset space ~
38802 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38804 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
38815 \begin_layout Subsection
38817 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38819 name "sub:Special-Character"
38826 \begin_layout Standard
38827 Here you can insert the following characters:
38830 \begin_layout Description
38831 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
38832 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
38833 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
38834 \begin_inset Newline newline
38838 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
38841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38846 Not all characters will be visible in the
38850 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
38852 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38856 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38858 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
38862 ) can display every character.
38870 \begin_layout Description
38871 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
38875 \begin_layout Description
38877 \begin_inset space ~
38881 \begin_inset space ~
38884 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
38885 \begin_inset space ~
38889 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38891 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
38898 \begin_layout Description
38900 \begin_inset space ~
38903 Quote Inserts this quote: ", no matter what quote type you selected in the
38906 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38916 \begin_layout Description
38918 \begin_inset space ~
38921 Quote Inserts this quote:
38922 \begin_inset Quotes ers
38928 \begin_layout Description
38930 \begin_inset space ~
38933 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
38937 \begin_layout Description
38939 \begin_inset space ~
38942 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
38946 \begin_layout Description
38948 \begin_inset space ~
38951 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
38955 \begin_layout Description
38957 \begin_inset space ~
38961 \begin_inset Index idx
38964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38971 \begin_inset Index idx
38974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38975 Language ! Phonetic symbols
38980 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
38981 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
38982 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
38987 \begin_inset Index idx
38990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38991 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
38997 \begin_inset Newline newline
39000 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
39004 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39012 and this Wiki-page:
39013 \begin_inset Newline newline
39017 \begin_inset Flex URL
39020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39022 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
39030 \begin_layout Subsection
39034 \begin_layout Standard
39035 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
39038 \begin_layout Description
39039 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
39040 \begin_inset script superscript
39042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39051 \begin_layout Description
39052 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
39053 \begin_inset script subscript
39055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39064 \begin_layout Description
39066 \begin_inset space ~
39069 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
39070 \begin_inset space ~
39074 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39076 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
39083 \begin_layout Description
39085 \begin_inset space ~
39088 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
39089 \begin_inset space ~
39093 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39095 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
39102 \begin_layout Description
39104 \begin_inset space ~
39107 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
39108 \begin_inset space ~
39112 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39114 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
39121 \begin_layout Description
39123 \begin_inset space ~
39126 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
39127 \begin_inset space ~
39131 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39133 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
39140 \begin_layout Description
39142 \begin_inset space ~
39145 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
39146 \begin_inset space ~
39150 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39152 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
39159 \begin_layout Description
39161 \begin_inset space ~
39164 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
39165 \begin_inset space ~
39169 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39171 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
39178 \begin_layout Description
39179 Phantom Inserts Phantom space, see section
39180 \begin_inset space ~
39184 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39186 reference "sub:Phantom-Space"
39193 \begin_layout Description
39195 \begin_inset space ~
39198 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
39199 \begin_inset space ~
39203 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39205 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
39212 \begin_layout Description
39214 \begin_inset space ~
39217 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
39218 \begin_inset space ~
39222 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39224 reference "sub:Ligatures"
39231 \begin_layout Description
39233 \begin_inset space ~
39237 \begin_inset space ~
39240 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
39241 \begin_inset space ~
39245 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39247 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39254 \begin_layout Description
39256 \begin_inset space ~
39259 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
39260 text line to the page border, see section
39261 \begin_inset space ~
39265 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39267 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39274 \begin_layout Description
39276 \begin_inset space ~
39279 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
39280 \begin_inset space ~
39284 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39286 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
39293 \begin_layout Description
39295 \begin_inset space ~
39298 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
39299 text page to the page border, described in section
39300 \begin_inset space ~
39304 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39306 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
39313 \begin_layout Description
39315 \begin_inset space ~
39318 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
39319 \begin_inset space ~
39323 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39325 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
39332 \begin_layout Description
39334 \begin_inset space ~
39338 \begin_inset space ~
39341 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
39342 \begin_inset space ~
39346 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39348 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
39355 \begin_layout Subsection
39359 \begin_layout Standard
39360 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
39361 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
39363 \begin_inset space ~
39367 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39369 reference "sec:toc"
39374 The index list is described in section
39375 \begin_inset space ~
39379 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39381 reference "sec:Index"
39385 , the nomenclature in section
39386 \begin_inset space ~
39390 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39392 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
39396 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
39397 \begin_inset space ~
39401 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39403 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
39410 \begin_layout Subsection
39414 \begin_layout Standard
39415 To insert floats, described in section
39416 \begin_inset space ~
39420 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39422 reference "sec:Floats"
39429 \begin_layout Subsection
39433 \begin_layout Standard
39434 To insert notes, described in section
39435 \begin_inset space ~
39439 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39441 reference "sec:Notes"
39448 \begin_layout Subsection
39452 \begin_layout Standard
39453 Inserts branch insets as described in section
39454 \begin_inset space ~
39458 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39460 reference "sec:Branches"
39467 \begin_layout Subsection
39471 \begin_layout Standard
39472 Inserts document class-specific insets.
39473 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
39475 An example is the document class
39476 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39480 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39483 with three custom insets.
39486 Flex insets and InsetLayout
39492 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
39495 \begin_layout Subsection
39497 \begin_inset Index idx
39500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39509 \begin_layout Standard
39510 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
39511 files in your document.
39512 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
39523 \begin_layout Subsection
39525 \begin_inset Index idx
39528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39537 \begin_layout Standard
39538 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
39539 \begin_inset space ~
39543 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39545 reference "sec:Minipages"
39550 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
39561 \begin_layout Subsection
39565 \begin_layout Standard
39566 Inserts a citation as described in section
39567 \begin_inset space ~
39571 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39573 reference "sec:Bibliography"
39580 \begin_layout Subsection
39584 \begin_layout Standard
39585 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
39586 \begin_inset space ~
39590 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39592 reference "sec:Cross-References"
39599 \begin_layout Subsection
39603 \begin_layout Standard
39604 Inserts a label as described in section
39605 \begin_inset space ~
39609 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39611 reference "sec:Cross-References"
39618 \begin_layout Subsection
39620 \begin_inset Index idx
39623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39630 \begin_inset Index idx
39633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39634 Longtables ! Caption
39642 \begin_layout Standard
39643 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
39644 Floats are described in section
39645 \begin_inset space ~
39649 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39651 reference "sec:Floats"
39655 , captions in longtables are described in the section
39666 \begin_layout Subsection
39670 \begin_layout Standard
39671 Inserts an index entry as described in section
39672 \begin_inset space ~
39676 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39678 reference "sec:Index"
39685 \begin_layout Subsection
39689 \begin_layout Standard
39690 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
39691 \begin_inset space ~
39695 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39697 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
39704 \begin_layout Subsection
39708 \begin_layout Standard
39710 Tables are described in section
39711 \begin_inset space ~
39715 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39717 reference "sec:Tables"
39724 \begin_layout Subsection
39728 \begin_layout Standard
39730 Graphics are described in section
39731 \begin_inset space ~
39735 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39737 reference "sec:Graphics"
39744 \begin_layout Subsection
39748 \begin_layout Standard
39749 Inserts an URL as described in section
39750 \begin_inset space ~
39754 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39756 reference "sub:URLs"
39763 \begin_layout Subsection
39767 \begin_layout Standard
39768 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
39769 \begin_inset space ~
39773 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39775 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
39782 \begin_layout Subsection
39786 \begin_layout Standard
39787 Inserts a footnote, see section
39788 \begin_inset space ~
39792 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39794 reference "sec:Footnotes"
39801 \begin_layout Subsection
39805 \begin_layout Standard
39806 Inserts a marginal note, see section
39807 \begin_inset space ~
39811 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39813 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
39820 \begin_layout Subsection
39824 \begin_layout Standard
39825 Inserts a short title, see section
39826 \begin_inset space ~
39830 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39832 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
39839 \begin_layout Subsection
39843 \begin_layout Standard
39844 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
39845 \begin_inset space ~
39849 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39851 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
39858 \begin_layout Subsection
39860 \begin_inset Index idx
39863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39872 \begin_layout Standard
39873 Inserts a program listings box.
39874 Program listings are explained in the chapter
39876 Program Code Listings
39885 \begin_layout Subsection
39889 \begin_layout Standard
39890 Inserts the actual date.
39891 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
39893 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
39905 \begin_layout Section
39907 \begin_inset Index idx
39910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39919 \begin_layout Standard
39920 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
39921 \begin_inset space ~
39924 of the current document.
39925 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
39928 \begin_layout Subsection
39932 \begin_layout Standard
39933 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
39934 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
39936 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39940 \begin_inset space \space{}
39944 \begin_inset space ~
39948 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
39949 \begin_inset space ~
39952 2.5 and use the menu
39955 \begin_inset space ~
39959 \begin_inset space ~
39966 \begin_inset space ~
39972 \begin_inset space ~
39976 \begin_inset space ~
39982 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
39986 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
39992 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
39998 \begin_layout Standard
39999 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
40000 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
40003 \begin_layout Subsection
40004 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
40007 \begin_layout Standard
40008 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
40012 \begin_layout Subsection
40016 \begin_layout Standard
40017 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
40018 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
40019 on a cross-reference box.
40022 \begin_layout Section
40024 \begin_inset Index idx
40027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40036 \begin_layout Subsection
40040 \begin_layout Standard
40041 Change Tracking is described in section
40042 \begin_inset space ~
40046 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40048 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40055 \begin_layout Subsection
40060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40070 \begin_layout Standard
40071 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
40073 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
40076 \begin_layout Standard
40077 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
40082 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
40085 \begin_layout Subsection
40089 \begin_layout Standard
40090 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
40091 \begin_inset space ~
40095 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40097 reference "sec:Navigating"
40102 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40104 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
40111 \begin_layout Subsection
40112 Start Appendix Here
40115 \begin_layout Standard
40116 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
40117 position as described in section
40118 \begin_inset space ~
40122 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40124 reference "sec:Appendices"
40131 \begin_layout Subsection
40135 \begin_layout Standard
40136 Un/compresses the current document.
40139 \begin_layout Subsection
40143 \begin_layout Standard
40144 The document settings are described in appendix
40145 \begin_inset space ~
40149 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40151 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
40158 \begin_layout Section
40160 \begin_inset Index idx
40163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40172 \begin_layout Subsection
40176 \begin_layout Standard
40177 Spell checking is explained in section
40178 \begin_inset space ~
40182 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40184 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
40191 \begin_layout Subsection
40195 \begin_layout Standard
40196 The thesaurus is described in section
40197 \begin_inset space ~
40201 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40203 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
40210 \begin_layout Subsection
40212 \begin_inset Index idx
40215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40222 \begin_inset Index idx
40225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40234 \begin_layout Standard
40235 Counts the words and characters in the actual document or the highlighted
40239 \begin_layout Subsection
40241 \begin_inset Index idx
40244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40253 \begin_layout Standard
40254 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
40257 \begin_layout Subsection
40259 \begin_inset Index idx
40262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40263 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
40267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40274 Reconfiguration of LyX
40278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40291 \begin_inset Index idx
40294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40295 Reconfiguration of LyX
40303 \begin_layout Standard
40304 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
40305 and needed programs it needs; see also section
40306 \begin_inset space ~
40310 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40312 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
40319 \begin_layout Subsection
40323 \begin_layout Standard
40324 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
40325 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40329 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40331 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
40338 \begin_layout Section
40340 \begin_inset Index idx
40343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40352 \begin_layout Standard
40353 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
40357 \begin_layout Standard
40361 \begin_inset space ~
40366 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
40367 found by LyX (see also section
40368 \begin_inset space ~
40372 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40374 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
40381 \begin_layout Section
40383 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40385 name "sec:Toolbars"
40392 \begin_layout Standard
40393 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
40394 \begin_inset space ~
40398 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40400 reference "sub:Toolbars"
40407 \begin_layout Standard
40408 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
40409 This is described in the
40411 Additional Features
40416 \begin_layout Subsection
40418 \begin_inset Index idx
40421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40430 \begin_layout Standard
40431 \begin_inset Graphics
40432 filename ../clipart/StandardToolbar.png
40440 \begin_layout Standard
40441 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40447 \begin_layout Standard
40448 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
40453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40465 \begin_inset Note Note
40468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40469 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
40474 manual for more information.
40482 \begin_layout Standard
40483 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40489 \begin_layout Standard
40490 \begin_inset Tabular
40491 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
40492 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
40493 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40494 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40500 \begin_inset Graphics
40501 filename ../clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
40511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40515 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
40528 \begin_layout Standard
40529 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
40535 \begin_layout Standard
40537 \begin_inset Tabular
40538 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
40539 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
40540 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40541 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40542 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40549 \begin_inset Graphics
40550 filename ../../images/buffer-new.png
40559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40565 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40572 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40577 \begin_inset Graphics
40578 filename ../../images/file-open.png
40587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40593 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40600 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40605 \begin_inset Graphics
40606 filename ../../images/buffer-write.png
40615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40621 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40628 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40633 \begin_inset Graphics
40634 filename ../../images/dialog-show_print.png
40643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40649 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40656 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40661 \begin_inset Graphics
40662 filename ../../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
40671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40677 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40684 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40689 \begin_inset Graphics
40690 filename ../../images/undo.png
40699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40705 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40712 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40717 \begin_inset Graphics
40718 filename ../../images/redo.png
40727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40733 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40740 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40745 \begin_inset Graphics
40746 filename ../../images/cut.png
40755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40761 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40768 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40773 \begin_inset Graphics
40774 filename ../../images/copy.png
40783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40789 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40796 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40801 \begin_inset Graphics
40802 filename ../../images/paste.png
40811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40817 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40824 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40829 \begin_inset Graphics
40830 filename ../../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
40831 rotateOrigin center
40840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40846 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40848 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40852 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40861 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40866 \begin_inset Graphics
40867 filename ../../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
40868 rotateOrigin center
40877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40883 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40884 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40891 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40896 \begin_inset Graphics
40897 filename ../../images/font-emph.png
40906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40910 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
40912 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
40914 \begin_inset space ~
40925 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40930 \begin_inset Graphics
40931 filename ../../images/font-noun.png
40940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40944 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
40946 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
40948 \begin_inset space ~
40959 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40964 \begin_inset Graphics
40965 filename ../../images/textstyle-apply.png
40974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40978 Formats text using the current settings in the
40980 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40982 \begin_inset space ~
40993 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40998 \begin_inset Graphics
40999 filename ../../images/math-mode.png
41008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41014 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41015 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41017 \begin_inset space ~
41026 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41031 \begin_inset Graphics
41032 filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
41033 rotateOrigin center
41042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41048 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41055 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41060 \begin_inset Graphics
41061 filename ../../images/tabular-insert.png
41062 rotateOrigin center
41071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41077 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41084 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41089 \begin_inset Graphics
41090 filename ../../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
41091 rotateOrigin center
41100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41104 Toggle outline window on/off,
41106 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41113 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41118 \begin_inset Graphics
41119 filename ../../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
41120 rotateOrigin center
41129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41133 Toggle math toolbar on/off
41139 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41144 \begin_inset Graphics
41145 filename ../../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
41146 rotateOrigin center
41155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41159 Toggle table toolbar on/off
41172 \begin_layout Subsection
41174 \begin_inset Index idx
41177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41186 \begin_layout Standard
41187 \begin_inset Graphics
41188 filename ../clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
41196 \begin_layout Standard
41197 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41203 \begin_layout Standard
41204 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
41208 \begin_layout Standard
41209 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41215 \begin_layout Standard
41216 \begin_inset Tabular
41217 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
41218 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41219 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41220 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41221 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41226 \begin_inset Graphics
41227 filename ../../images/layout.png
41228 rotateOrigin center
41237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41247 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41252 \begin_inset Graphics
41253 filename ../../images/layout_Enumerate.png
41254 rotateOrigin center
41263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41273 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41278 \begin_inset Graphics
41279 filename ../../images/layout_Itemize.png
41280 rotateOrigin center
41289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41299 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41304 \begin_inset Graphics
41305 filename ../../images/layout_List.png
41306 rotateOrigin center
41315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41325 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41330 \begin_inset Graphics
41331 filename ../../images/layout_Description.png
41332 rotateOrigin center
41341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41351 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41356 \begin_inset Graphics
41357 filename ../../images/depth-increment.png
41358 rotateOrigin center
41367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41373 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41375 \begin_inset space ~
41379 \begin_inset space ~
41388 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41393 \begin_inset Graphics
41394 filename ../../images/depth-decrement.png
41395 rotateOrigin center
41404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41410 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41412 \begin_inset space ~
41416 \begin_inset space ~
41425 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41430 \begin_inset Graphics
41431 filename ../../images/float-insert_figure.png
41440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41446 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41447 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41454 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41459 \begin_inset Graphics
41460 filename ../../images/float-insert_table.png
41469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41475 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41476 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41483 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41488 \begin_inset Graphics
41489 filename ../../images/label-insert.png
41498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41504 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41511 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41516 \begin_inset Graphics
41517 filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
41526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41532 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41539 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41544 \begin_inset Graphics
41545 filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
41554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41560 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41567 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41572 \begin_inset Graphics
41573 filename ../../images/index-insert.png
41582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41588 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41590 \begin_inset space ~
41599 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41604 \begin_inset Graphics
41605 filename ../../images/nomencl-insert.png
41614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41620 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41622 \begin_inset space ~
41631 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41636 \begin_inset Graphics
41637 filename ../../images/footnote-insert.png
41646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41652 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41659 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41664 \begin_inset Graphics
41665 filename ../../images/marginalnote-insert.png
41666 rotateOrigin center
41675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41681 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41683 \begin_inset space ~
41692 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41697 \begin_inset Graphics
41698 filename ../../images/note-insert.png
41707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41713 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41714 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41716 \begin_inset space ~
41725 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41730 \begin_inset Graphics
41731 filename ../../images/box-insert.png
41740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41746 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41753 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41758 \begin_inset Graphics
41759 filename ../../images/url-insert.png
41768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41774 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41781 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41786 \begin_inset Graphics
41787 filename ../../images/ert-insert.png
41796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41802 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41824 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41829 \begin_inset Graphics
41830 filename ../../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
41839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41845 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41846 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41853 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41858 \begin_inset Graphics
41859 filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
41868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41874 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41875 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41877 \begin_inset space ~
41886 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41891 \begin_inset Graphics
41892 filename ../../images/dialog-show_character.png
41893 rotateOrigin center
41902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41908 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41910 \begin_inset space ~
41919 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41924 \begin_inset Graphics
41925 filename ../../images/layout-paragraph.png
41926 rotateOrigin center
41935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41941 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41943 \begin_inset space ~
41952 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41957 \begin_inset Graphics
41958 filename ../../images/thesaurus-entry.png
41959 rotateOrigin center
41968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41974 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41988 \begin_layout Subsection
41989 View / Update Toolbar
41990 \begin_inset Index idx
41993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41994 Toolbar ! View / Update
42002 \begin_layout Standard
42003 \begin_inset Graphics
42004 filename ../clipart/ViewToolbar.png
42011 \begin_layout Standard
42012 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42018 \begin_layout Standard
42019 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
42023 \begin_layout Standard
42024 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42030 \begin_layout Standard
42031 \begin_inset Tabular
42032 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
42033 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
42034 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42035 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42036 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42041 \begin_inset Graphics
42042 filename ../../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
42043 rotateOrigin center
42052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42058 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42065 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42070 \begin_inset Graphics
42071 filename ../../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
42072 rotateOrigin center
42081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42087 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42088 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42095 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42100 \begin_inset Graphics
42101 filename ../../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
42102 rotateOrigin center
42111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42117 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42124 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42129 \begin_inset Graphics
42130 filename ../../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
42131 rotateOrigin center
42140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42146 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42147 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42154 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42159 \begin_inset Graphics
42160 filename ../../images/buffer-view_ps.png
42161 rotateOrigin center
42170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42176 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42183 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42188 \begin_inset Graphics
42189 filename ../../images/buffer-update_ps.png
42190 rotateOrigin center
42199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42205 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42206 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42220 \begin_layout Subsection
42224 \begin_layout Standard
42225 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
42226 \begin_inset space ~
42230 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42232 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
42236 , the table toolbar
42237 \begin_inset Index idx
42240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42250 manual, the math macro toolbar
42251 \begin_inset Index idx
42254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42267 \begin_layout Chapter
42268 The Document Settings
42269 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42271 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
42276 \begin_inset Index idx
42279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42280 Document ! Settings
42288 \begin_layout Standard
42289 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
42290 whole document and is called with the menu
42292 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42296 You can save your document settings as default with th
42298 e Save as Document Defaults
42300 button in the dialog.
42301 This will create a template name
42309 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
42313 \begin_layout Standard
42314 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
42317 \begin_layout Section
42321 \begin_layout Standard
42322 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
42324 Document classes are described in section
42325 \begin_inset space ~
42329 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42331 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
42336 Some classes use some class options by default.
42337 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
42341 and you can decide to use them or not.
42342 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
42343 recommended not to touch them.
42344 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
42350 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
42351 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
42356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42357 When you want one of the following drivers
42358 \begin_inset Newline newline
42361 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
42362 \begin_inset Newline newline
42365 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
42366 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42370 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42372 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
42384 \begin_layout Standard
42385 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
42386 child or subdocument.
42387 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
42388 without its master.
42389 This way child documents are always compilable.
42390 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
42401 \begin_layout Section
42405 \begin_layout Standard
42406 This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
42407 Please refer to the section
42415 manual for details.
42418 \begin_layout Section
42422 \begin_layout Standard
42423 Modules are explained in section
42424 \begin_inset space ~
42428 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42430 reference "sub:Modules"
42437 \begin_layout Section
42441 \begin_layout Standard
42442 The document font settings are described in section
42443 \begin_inset space ~
42447 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42449 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
42456 \begin_layout Section
42460 \begin_layout Standard
42461 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
42463 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
42467 \begin_layout Standard
42468 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
42469 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
42470 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
42473 \begin_layout Standard
42474 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
42482 \begin_layout Section
42486 \begin_layout Standard
42487 A description of this menu is given in section
42488 \begin_inset space ~
42492 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42494 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
42499 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42501 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
42508 \begin_layout Section
42512 \begin_layout Standard
42513 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
42514 \begin_inset space ~
42518 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42520 reference "sub:Margins"
42527 \begin_layout Section
42529 \begin_inset Index idx
42532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42533 Language ! Encoding
42541 \begin_layout Standard
42542 The document language and quote styles are set here.
42543 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
42544 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
42545 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
42546 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
42547 known for a particular character).
42551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42552 The known commands are defined in a text file.
42553 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
42558 manual for details.
42566 \begin_layout Standard
42567 If you use the option
42571 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
42572 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
42573 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
42574 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
42575 exactly one encoding.
42576 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
42584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42585 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
42586 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
42588 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
42589 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
42603 \begin_layout Standard
42604 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
42605 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
42606 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
42607 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
42608 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
42609 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
42614 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
42615 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
42616 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
42619 \begin_layout Standard
42620 Here is a list with the important encodings:
42623 \begin_layout Description
42625 \begin_inset space ~
42629 \begin_inset space ~
42633 \begin_inset space ~
42640 , but the LaTeX-package
42645 \begin_inset Index idx
42648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42649 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
42655 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
42656 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
42657 languages in TeX code.
42660 \begin_layout Description
42661 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
42662 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
42663 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
42666 \begin_layout Description
42668 \begin_inset space ~
42672 \begin_inset space ~
42675 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
42678 \begin_layout Description
42680 \begin_inset space ~
42684 \begin_inset space ~
42687 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
42690 \begin_layout Description
42692 \begin_inset space ~
42695 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
42698 \begin_layout Description
42700 \begin_inset space ~
42704 \begin_inset space ~
42707 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the same
42708 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
42711 \begin_layout Description
42713 \begin_inset space ~
42717 \begin_inset space ~
42720 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
42724 \begin_layout Description
42726 \begin_inset space ~
42730 \begin_inset space ~
42733 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a subset of the
42734 ISO-8859-13 encoding
42737 \begin_layout Description
42739 \begin_inset space ~
42743 \begin_inset space ~
42747 \begin_inset space ~
42750 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
42751 \begin_inset space ~
42757 \begin_layout Description
42759 \begin_inset space ~
42763 \begin_inset space ~
42767 \begin_inset space ~
42770 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
42771 Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
42774 \begin_layout Description
42776 \begin_inset space ~
42780 \begin_inset space ~
42783 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
42784 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
42785 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
42786 \begin_inset space ~
42790 \begin_inset space ~
42796 \begin_layout Description
42798 \begin_inset space ~
42802 \begin_inset space ~
42805 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
42806 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
42807 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
42808 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
42809 \begin_inset space ~
42813 \begin_inset space ~
42819 \begin_layout Description
42821 \begin_inset space ~
42825 \begin_inset space ~
42828 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
42831 \begin_layout Description
42833 \begin_inset space ~
42837 \begin_inset space ~
42840 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
42843 \begin_layout Description
42845 \begin_inset space ~
42849 \begin_inset space ~
42852 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian, and Ukrainian
42855 \begin_layout Description
42857 \begin_inset space ~
42860 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
42863 \begin_layout Description
42865 \begin_inset space ~
42868 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
42871 \begin_layout Description
42873 \begin_inset space ~
42877 \begin_inset space ~
42880 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
42883 \begin_layout Description
42885 \begin_inset space ~
42889 \begin_inset space ~
42895 \begin_layout Description
42897 \begin_inset space ~
42901 \begin_inset space ~
42904 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
42907 \begin_layout Description
42909 \begin_inset space ~
42913 \begin_inset space ~
42919 \begin_layout Description
42921 \begin_inset space ~
42925 \begin_inset space ~
42928 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
42933 \begin_inset Index idx
42936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42937 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
42942 , when using this, set the document language to
42947 \begin_layout Description
42949 \begin_inset space ~
42953 \begin_inset space ~
42956 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
42960 , when using this, set the document language to
42965 \begin_layout Description
42967 \begin_inset space ~
42971 \begin_inset space ~
42974 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
42979 \begin_inset Index idx
42982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42983 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
42988 , when using this, set the document language to
42993 \begin_layout Description
42995 \begin_inset space ~
42999 \begin_inset space ~
43002 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43006 , when using this, set the document language to
43011 \begin_layout Description
43013 \begin_inset space ~
43017 \begin_inset space ~
43020 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43024 , when using this, set the document language to
43029 \begin_layout Description
43031 \begin_inset space ~
43034 (EUC-KR) for Korean
43037 \begin_layout Description
43039 \begin_inset space ~
43043 \begin_inset space ~
43047 \begin_inset space ~
43050 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and Turkish
43053 \begin_layout Description
43055 \begin_inset space ~
43059 \begin_inset space ~
43063 \begin_inset space ~
43066 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
43067 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian, Slovenian, is designed
43068 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
43071 \begin_layout Description
43073 \begin_inset space ~
43077 \begin_inset space ~
43083 \begin_layout Description
43085 \begin_inset space ~
43089 \begin_inset space ~
43092 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
43093 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
43096 \begin_layout Description
43098 \begin_inset space ~
43102 \begin_inset space ~
43105 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
43110 \begin_inset Index idx
43113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43114 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
43119 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
43122 \begin_layout Description
43124 \begin_inset space ~
43128 \begin_inset space ~
43131 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
43135 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
43143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43144 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
43145 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
43159 \begin_layout Description
43161 \begin_inset space ~
43165 \begin_inset space ~
43168 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
43173 \begin_inset Index idx
43176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43177 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
43182 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
43185 \begin_layout Description
43187 \begin_inset space ~
43190 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
43195 \begin_inset Index idx
43198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43199 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
43205 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
43209 \begin_layout Description
43211 \begin_inset space ~
43215 \begin_inset space ~
43219 \begin_inset space ~
43222 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
43223 \begin_inset space ~
43229 \begin_layout Description
43231 \begin_inset space ~
43235 \begin_inset space ~
43239 \begin_inset space ~
43242 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
43243 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
43244 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-1
43248 \begin_layout Description
43250 \begin_inset space ~
43254 \begin_inset space ~
43258 \begin_inset space ~
43261 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
43262 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
43265 \begin_layout Section
43269 \begin_layout Standard
43270 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
43271 depth in the table of contents as described in section
43272 \begin_inset space ~
43276 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43278 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
43285 \begin_layout Section
43289 \begin_layout Standard
43290 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX packages
43295 \begin_inset Index idx
43298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43299 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
43309 \begin_inset Index idx
43312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43313 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
43318 , you can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
43323 \begin_inset Index idx
43326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43327 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
43332 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
43334 For a further description see section
43335 \begin_inset space ~
43339 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43341 reference "sec:Bibliography"
43348 \begin_layout Section
43352 \begin_layout Standard
43353 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
43354 and you can define additional indexes.
43355 Please refer to section
43356 \begin_inset space ~
43360 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43362 reference "sec:Index"
43369 \begin_layout Section
43373 \begin_layout Standard
43374 The PDF properties are explained in section
43375 \begin_inset space ~
43379 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43381 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
43388 \begin_layout Section
43392 \begin_layout Standard
43393 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
43398 \begin_inset Index idx
43401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43402 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
43412 \begin_inset Index idx
43415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43416 LaTeX-packages ! esint
43421 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
43424 \begin_layout Standard
43429 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
43430 ensure that you have enabled AMS.
43433 \begin_layout Standard
43438 is used for special integral characters.
43441 \begin_layout Section
43445 \begin_layout Standard
43446 The float placement options are described in section
43447 \begin_inset space ~
43451 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43453 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
43460 \begin_layout Section
43464 \begin_layout Standard
43465 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
43466 The itemize environment is described in section
43467 \begin_inset space ~
43471 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43473 reference "sec:Itemize"
43480 \begin_layout Section
43484 \begin_layout Standard
43485 Branches are described in section
43486 \begin_inset space ~
43490 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43492 reference "sec:Branches"
43499 \begin_layout Section
43504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43514 \begin_layout Standard
43515 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
43516 to define LaTeX-commands.
43517 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
43518 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
43522 \begin_layout Standard
43523 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
43524 \begin_inset space ~
43528 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43530 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
43537 \begin_layout Chapter
43543 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43545 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
43550 \begin_inset Index idx
43553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43562 \begin_layout Standard
43563 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
43565 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43569 It has the following submenus.
43572 \begin_layout Section
43576 \begin_layout Subsection
43580 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43581 User Interface File
43582 \begin_inset Index idx
43585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43586 Customization ! of toolbars
43592 \begin_inset Index idx
43595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43596 Customization ! of menus
43604 \begin_layout Standard
43605 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
43608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43613 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
43622 \begin_layout Standard
43623 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
43624 interface (ui) file.
43625 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
43626 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
43635 Both files are loaded by the
43640 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
43641 files and edit the entries.
43644 \begin_layout Standard
43645 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
43657 entries must be ended with an explicit
43682 and in the case of the
43683 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43687 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43695 The syntax for the entries is:
43698 \begin_layout Standard
43699 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
43705 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43713 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43717 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43721 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43727 \begin_layout Standard
43729 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
43732 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
43734 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43736 \begin_inset space ~
43744 \begin_layout Standard
43745 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
43751 \begin_layout Standard
43752 An example: Assuming you use the menu
43754 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43757 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
43761 \begin_layout Standard
43762 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
43768 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43772 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43776 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43780 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43786 \begin_layout Standard
43788 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
43791 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
43794 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43798 \begin_layout Standard
43801 Enable tool tips in main work area
43803 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
43807 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43811 \begin_layout Standard
43815 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43819 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43822 restoring of window layout and geometries
43824 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
43825 in the last LyX session.
43828 \begin_layout Standard
43831 Restore cursor positions
43833 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
43837 \begin_layout Standard
43840 Load opened files from last session
43842 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
43845 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43847 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43849 name "sub:Backup documents"
43854 \begin_inset Index idx
43857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43866 \begin_layout Standard
43871 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
43874 \begin_layout Standard
43879 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
43882 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43884 \begin_inset space ~
43892 \begin_layout Standard
43895 Open documents in tabs
43897 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
43901 \begin_layout Subsection
43903 \begin_inset Index idx
43906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43913 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43915 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
43922 \begin_layout Standard
43923 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
43926 \begin_layout Standard
43927 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
43930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43935 This section only deals with the fonts
43940 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
43943 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43944 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43955 \begin_layout Standard
43956 By default, LyX uses
43960 as roman (serif) font,
43968 (depends on the system) as
43971 \begin_inset space ~
43987 \begin_layout Standard
43988 You can change the font size with the
43993 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
43994 current LyX session by pressing
43998 and scrolling the mouse wheel.
44001 \begin_layout Standard
44006 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
44007 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
44009 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44012 points have the size of 1
44013 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44017 \begin_inset space ~
44021 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44023 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
44030 \begin_layout Standard
44035 are the same as if a document font size of 10
44036 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44040 The sizes are explained in detail in section
44041 \begin_inset space ~
44045 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44047 reference "sub:Document-Font"
44054 \begin_layout Standard
44057 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
44059 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
44060 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
44061 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
44062 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
44064 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
44065 \begin_inset space ~
44071 \begin_layout Subsection
44073 \begin_inset Index idx
44076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44083 \begin_inset Index idx
44086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44095 \begin_layout Standard
44096 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
44097 Choose an item in the list and use the
44104 \begin_layout Subsection
44106 \begin_inset Index idx
44109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44118 \begin_layout Standard
44119 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
44122 \begin_layout Standard
44127 enables previewing snippets of your document.
44128 This feature is described in section
44129 \begin_inset space ~
44133 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44135 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
44142 \begin_layout Standard
44146 \begin_inset space ~
44150 \begin_inset space ~
44154 \begin_inset space ~
44159 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
44162 \begin_layout Section
44164 \begin_inset Index idx
44167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44176 \begin_layout Subsection
44180 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44184 \begin_layout Standard
44187 Cursor follows scrollbar
44189 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
44193 \begin_layout Standard
44196 Sort environments alphabetically
44198 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
44201 \begin_layout Standard
44204 Group environments by their category
44206 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
44209 \begin_layout Standard
44210 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
44222 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44226 \begin_layout Standard
44227 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
44232 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
44233 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
44237 \begin_layout Subsection
44239 \begin_inset Index idx
44242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44249 \begin_inset Index idx
44252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44253 Settings ! Shortcuts
44261 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44265 \begin_layout Standard
44266 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
44267 Several binding files are available:
44270 \begin_layout Description
44271 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
44274 \begin_layout Description
44275 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
44286 \begin_layout Description
44287 mac.bind set of bindings for
44290 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44298 \begin_layout Standard
44299 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
44303 , and bind files for special languages.
44304 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
44305 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44309 \begin_inset space \space{}
44313 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44317 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44321 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
44325 \begin_layout Standard
44326 Some bind-files, like
44330 , have only a small scope.
44331 When looking at the end of the file
44335 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
44338 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44340 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44342 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
44347 \begin_inset Index idx
44350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44351 Key Bindings ! Editing
44359 \begin_layout Standard
44360 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
44361 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
44362 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
44365 Show key-bindings containing
44368 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
44369 Insert there for example as keyword
44370 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44374 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44377 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
44379 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44383 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44387 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
44388 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
44392 that you will find in the
44399 \begin_layout Standard
44401 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44405 \begin_inset space \space{}
44416 , select the function and press the
44421 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
44422 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
44423 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
44424 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
44425 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
44427 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
44429 The binding for the function
44433 is an example of this.
44436 \begin_layout Standard
44437 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
44439 The syntax of the entries is:
44442 \begin_layout Standard
44448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44456 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44460 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44466 \begin_layout Subsection
44468 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44470 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
44475 \begin_inset Index idx
44478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44485 \begin_inset Index idx
44488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44489 Settings ! Keyboard Map
44497 \begin_layout Standard
44498 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
44499 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
44501 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44505 \begin_inset space \space{}
44508 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
44509 can use the keyboard map file named
44516 \begin_layout Standard
44517 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44525 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
44533 \begin_layout Standard
44534 Besides this, you can specify here the
44536 Wheel scrolling speed
44539 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
44543 \begin_layout Subsection
44545 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44547 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
44552 \begin_inset Index idx
44555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44564 \begin_layout Standard
44565 Input completion is described in sec.
44566 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44570 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44572 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
44577 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
44579 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
44580 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
44584 \begin_layout Section
44586 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44593 \begin_inset Index idx
44596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44603 \begin_inset Index idx
44606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44615 \begin_layout Description
44617 \begin_inset space ~
44620 directory This is LyX's working directory.
44621 It is the default when you
44632 \begin_inset space ~
44640 \begin_layout Description
44642 \begin_inset space ~
44645 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
44647 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44649 \begin_inset space ~
44653 \begin_inset space ~
44661 \begin_layout Description
44663 \begin_inset space ~
44666 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
44672 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44676 \begin_inset Newline newline
44680 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44692 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
44700 \begin_layout Description
44702 \begin_inset space ~
44706 \begin_inset Index idx
44709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44715 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
44716 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
44717 \begin_inset space ~
44721 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44723 reference "sub:Backup documents"
44731 will be used to save the backups.
44732 \begin_inset Newline newline
44735 The backup files have the ending
44736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44746 \begin_layout Description
44751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44758 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
44759 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
44760 \begin_inset Newline newline
44767 : You add a BibTeX-database test.bib to your document.
44768 You can edit this file with the program
44777 you have to use the same Unix-Pipe for LyX in its preferences under
44780 \begin_inset space ~
44786 If you want to get one entry of the database as citation, select it in
44791 and click on the LyX-symbol.
44792 The entry will now be inserted as citation at the current cursor position
44798 and LyX need of course to be run the same time.
44799 \begin_inset Newline newline
44803 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44811 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
44819 \begin_layout Description
44821 \begin_inset space ~
44824 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
44827 \begin_layout Description
44829 \begin_inset space ~
44832 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
44833 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
44834 to find it on the system.
44835 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
44836 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
44838 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44842 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44845 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
44846 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
44850 \begin_layout Section
44854 \begin_layout Standard
44855 Here you can insert your name and email address.
44856 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
44858 \begin_inset space ~
44862 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44864 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
44868 , to mark changes you make as yours.
44871 \begin_layout Section
44873 \begin_inset Index idx
44876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44877 Language ! Settings
44883 \begin_inset Index idx
44886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44887 Settings ! Language
44895 \begin_layout Subsection
44899 \begin_layout Description
44901 \begin_inset space ~
44905 \begin_inset space ~
44908 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
44909 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
44910 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
44911 You find the actual translation status here:
44912 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44914 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
44915 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
44922 \begin_layout Description
44924 \begin_inset space ~
44927 language is the language used in new documents
44930 \begin_layout Description
44932 \begin_inset space ~
44935 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
44937 The default is the LaTeX-command
44943 that loads the package
44951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44952 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
44953 \begin_inset space ~
44957 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44959 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
44969 \begin_inset Newline newline
44976 automatically translates in the background the text labels of documents
44977 to the document language.
44978 A text label is, for instance, the word
44979 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44983 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44986 at the beginning of every table caption.
44989 \begin_layout Description
44991 \begin_inset space ~
44994 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
44995 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
44996 An example is the start command
45002 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
45007 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
45022 selectlanguage{$$lang}
45027 \begin_layout Description
45029 \begin_inset space ~
45037 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
45038 command toggles the package on and off.
45041 \begin_layout Description
45043 \begin_inset space ~
45053 \begin_layout Description
45054 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
45055 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
45056 used by all LaTeX-packages.
45057 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
45064 \begin_layout Description
45066 \begin_inset space ~
45069 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
45071 When this option is not set, the
45074 \begin_inset space ~
45079 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
45080 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
45083 \begin_inset space ~
45091 \begin_layout Description
45093 \begin_inset space ~
45099 \begin_inset space ~
45105 When it is not set, the
45108 \begin_inset space ~
45113 is set to the end of the document.
45116 \begin_layout Description
45118 \begin_inset space ~
45122 \begin_inset space ~
45125 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
45126 language will be underlined blue.
45129 \begin_layout Description
45131 \begin_inset space ~
45135 \begin_inset space ~
45138 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
45139 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
45142 \begin_layout Description
45144 \begin_inset space ~
45147 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
45148 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
45149 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
45150 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
45153 \begin_layout Subsection
45157 \begin_layout Standard
45158 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
45159 \begin_inset space ~
45163 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45165 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
45172 \begin_layout Section
45176 \begin_layout Subsection
45178 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45185 \begin_inset Index idx
45188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45195 \begin_inset Index idx
45198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45207 \begin_layout Description
45209 \begin_inset space ~
45212 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
45213 The name will be used when the
45218 \begin_inset Newline newline
45222 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45230 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
45238 \begin_layout Description
45240 \begin_inset space ~
45243 command is the command LyX
45244 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45248 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45251 LaTeX uses for printing.
45252 The default is on most systems
45259 \begin_layout Description
45261 \begin_inset space ~
45265 \begin_inset space ~
45268 Options Here you can specify printer options.
45269 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
45270 of the program that provides the
45277 \begin_layout Description
45279 \begin_inset space ~
45283 \begin_inset space ~
45287 \begin_inset space ~
45290 printer This option works only for the
45295 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45307 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
45308 This is an option only for dvips experts.
45311 \begin_layout Subsection
45313 \begin_inset Index idx
45316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45323 \begin_inset Index idx
45326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45327 Settings ! Date format
45335 \begin_layout Standard
45336 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
45337 \begin_inset Newline newline
45341 \begin_inset Flex URL
45344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45346 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
45352 \begin_inset Newline newline
45355 For example the format
45356 \begin_inset Newline newline
45360 \begin_inset Newline newline
45363 prints the date as day/month/year.
45366 \begin_layout Subsection
45370 \begin_layout Description
45372 \begin_inset space ~
45376 \begin_inset space ~
45379 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
45382 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45383 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45385 \begin_inset space ~
45391 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
45395 \begin_layout Description
45397 \begin_inset space ~
45400 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
45405 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
45406 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
45409 \begin_layout Subsection
45414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45422 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45424 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
45429 \begin_inset Index idx
45432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45441 \begin_layout Description
45446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45454 \begin_inset space ~
45457 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
45462 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
45484 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
45485 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45493 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45497 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
45498 LyX sets up in the background.
45499 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
45502 \begin_layout Description
45504 \begin_inset space ~
45508 \begin_inset space ~
45511 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
45516 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
45519 \begin_layout Standard
45520 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
45521 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
45522 manuals of the applications.
45523 Currently the following commands can be set:
45526 \begin_layout Description
45531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45539 \begin_inset space ~
45542 command Command for the program
45546 that is described in the section
45552 Additional Features
45557 \begin_layout Description
45562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45570 \begin_inset space ~
45573 command Command for the program
45577 that generates the bibliography, see section
45578 \begin_inset space ~
45582 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45584 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
45591 \begin_layout Description
45593 \begin_inset space ~
45596 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
45597 \begin_inset space ~
45601 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45603 reference "sub:Index-Program"
45610 \begin_layout Description
45612 \begin_inset space ~
45615 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
45616 \begin_inset space ~
45620 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45622 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
45629 \begin_layout Description
45631 \begin_inset space ~
45635 \begin_inset space ~
45639 \begin_inset space ~
45643 \begin_inset space ~
45646 options They only have an effect when the program
45650 is used as DVI-viewer.
45653 \begin_layout Standard
45654 There are additionally the following options:
45657 \begin_layout Description
45659 \begin_inset space ~
45663 \begin_inset space ~
45667 \begin_inset space ~
45671 \begin_inset space ~
45675 \begin_inset space ~
45678 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
45679 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45685 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45689 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45693 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45696 to separate folders.
45697 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
45698 \begin_inset Index idx
45701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45708 \begin_inset Index idx
45711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45720 \begin_layout Description
45722 \begin_inset space ~
45726 \begin_inset space ~
45730 \begin_inset space ~
45734 \begin_inset space ~
45738 \begin_inset space ~
45742 \begin_inset space ~
45745 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
45747 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45750 dialog when changing the document class.
45753 \begin_layout Section
45755 \begin_inset space ~
45759 \begin_inset Index idx
45762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45771 \begin_layout Subsection
45773 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45775 name "sub:Converters"
45780 \begin_inset Index idx
45783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45792 \begin_layout Standard
45793 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
45794 from one format to another.
45795 You can modify them or create new ones.
45796 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
45803 \begin_inset space ~
45813 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
45817 \begin_inset space ~
45822 drop-down list, modify the
45826 field, and press the
45833 \begin_layout Standard
45836 Converter File Cache
45838 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
45841 Maximum Age (in days
45844 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
45845 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
45848 \begin_layout Standard
45849 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
45850 the converter definition, is described in the section
45861 \begin_layout Subsection
45863 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45865 name "sec:File-Formats"
45870 \begin_inset Index idx
45873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45880 \begin_inset Index idx
45883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45892 \begin_layout Standard
45893 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
45894 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
45898 \begin_layout Standard
45899 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
45900 is described in the section
45911 \begin_layout Standard
45912 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
45913 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
45914 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
45915 This is done by specifying a
45920 More about this is described in the section
45931 \begin_layout Chapter
45932 Units available in LyX
45933 \begin_inset Index idx
45936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45943 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45945 name "cha:Units-available-in"
45952 \begin_layout Standard
45953 To understand the units described in this documentation,
45954 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45956 reference "cap:Units"
45960 explains all units available in LyX.
45963 \begin_layout Standard
45964 \begin_inset Float table
45970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45971 \begin_inset Caption
45973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45974 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45989 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
45995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45997 \begin_inset Tabular
45998 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
45999 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
46000 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
46001 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
46003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46097 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46101 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46125 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46129 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46152 scaled point (65536
46153 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46157 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46181 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46185 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46209 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46213 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
46217 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46241 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46245 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46268 % of original image width
46275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46457 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46461 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46482 \begin_layout Chapter
46484 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46493 \begin_layout Standard
46494 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
46495 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
46498 \begin_layout Itemize
46501 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
46504 \begin_layout Itemize
46510 \begin_layout Itemize
46516 \begin_layout Itemize
46522 \begin_layout Itemize
46528 \begin_layout Itemize
46534 \begin_layout Itemize
46540 \begin_layout Itemize
46546 \begin_layout Itemize
46549 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
46552 \begin_layout Itemize
46558 \begin_layout Itemize
46564 \begin_layout Itemize
46570 \begin_layout Itemize
46576 \begin_layout Itemize
46582 \begin_layout Itemize
46588 \begin_layout Itemize
46594 \begin_layout Itemize
46600 \begin_layout Itemize
46602 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
46611 \begin_layout Standard
46612 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
46615 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
46622 \begin_layout Bibliography
46623 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46624 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46625 LatexCommand bibitem
46632 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46635 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
46640 \begin_inset Newline newline
46644 \begin_inset Flex URL
46647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46649 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
46657 \begin_layout Bibliography
46658 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46659 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46660 LatexCommand bibitem
46661 key "latexcompanion"
46665 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
46667 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
46670 Addison-Wesley, 2004
46673 \begin_layout Bibliography
46674 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46675 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46676 LatexCommand bibitem
46681 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
46684 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
46687 Addison-Wesley, 2003
46690 \begin_layout Bibliography
46691 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46692 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46693 LatexCommand bibitem
46700 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
46703 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
46706 \begin_layout Bibliography
46707 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46708 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46709 LatexCommand bibitem
46721 Addison-Wesley, 1984
46724 \begin_layout Bibliography
46725 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46726 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46727 LatexCommand bibitem
46733 \begin_inset Newline newline
46737 \begin_inset Flex URL
46740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46742 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
46750 \begin_layout Bibliography
46751 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46752 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46753 LatexCommand bibitem
46759 \begin_inset Newline newline
46763 \begin_inset Flex URL
46766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46768 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
46776 \begin_layout Bibliography
46777 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46778 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46779 LatexCommand bibitem
46785 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46787 name "Documentation"
46788 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
46797 \begin_inset Newline newline
46801 \begin_inset Flex URL
46804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46806 http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
46814 \begin_layout Bibliography
46815 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46816 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46817 LatexCommand bibitem
46823 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46825 name "Documentation"
46826 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
46830 how to use the program
46835 \begin_inset Newline newline
46839 \begin_inset Flex URL
46842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46844 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
46852 \begin_layout Bibliography
46853 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46854 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46855 LatexCommand bibitem
46861 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46863 name "Documentation"
46864 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf"
46873 \begin_inset Newline newline
46877 \begin_inset Flex URL
46880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46882 http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf
46890 \begin_layout Bibliography
46891 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46892 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46893 LatexCommand bibitem
46899 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46901 name "Documentation"
46902 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
46911 \begin_inset Newline newline
46915 \begin_inset Flex URL
46918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46920 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
46928 \begin_layout Bibliography
46929 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46930 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46931 LatexCommand bibitem
46937 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46939 name "Documentation"
46940 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
46944 of the LaTeX-package
46949 \begin_inset Index idx
46952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46953 LaTeX-packages ! caption
46959 \begin_inset Newline newline
46963 \begin_inset Flex URL
46966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46968 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
46976 \begin_layout Bibliography
46977 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46978 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46979 LatexCommand bibitem
46985 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46987 name "Documentation"
46988 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
46992 of the LaTeX-package
46997 \begin_inset Index idx
47000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47001 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
47007 \begin_inset Newline newline
47011 \begin_inset Flex URL
47014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47016 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
47024 \begin_layout Bibliography
47025 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47026 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47027 LatexCommand bibitem
47035 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47037 name "Documentation"
47038 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
47044 of the LaTeX-package
47049 \begin_inset Index idx
47052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47053 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
47059 \begin_inset Newline newline
47063 \begin_inset Flex URL
47066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47068 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
47076 \begin_layout Bibliography
47077 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47078 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47079 LatexCommand bibitem
47085 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47087 name "Documentation"
47088 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
47092 of the LaTeX-package
47097 \begin_inset Index idx
47100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47101 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
47107 \begin_inset Newline newline
47111 \begin_inset Flex URL
47114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47116 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
47124 \begin_layout Bibliography
47125 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47126 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47127 LatexCommand bibitem
47133 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47135 name "Documentation"
47136 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
47140 of the LaTeX-package
47145 \begin_inset Index idx
47148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47149 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
47155 \begin_inset Newline newline
47159 \begin_inset Flex URL
47162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47164 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
47172 \begin_layout Bibliography
47173 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47174 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47175 LatexCommand bibitem
47181 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47184 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
47188 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
47189 \begin_inset Newline newline
47193 \begin_inset Flex URL
47196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47198 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
47206 \begin_layout Bibliography
47207 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47208 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47209 LatexCommand bibitem
47215 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47218 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
47222 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
47223 \begin_inset Newline newline
47227 \begin_inset Flex URL
47230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47232 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
47240 \begin_layout Bibliography
47241 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47242 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47243 LatexCommand bibitem
47249 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47252 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
47256 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
47257 \begin_inset Newline newline
47261 \begin_inset Flex URL
47264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47266 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
47274 \begin_layout Bibliography
47275 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47276 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47277 LatexCommand bibitem
47283 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47286 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
47290 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
47291 \begin_inset Newline newline
47295 \begin_inset Flex URL
47298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47300 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
47308 \begin_layout Bibliography
47309 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47310 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47311 LatexCommand bibitem
47317 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47320 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
47324 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
47325 \begin_inset Newline newline
47329 \begin_inset Flex URL
47332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47334 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
47342 \begin_layout Bibliography
47343 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47344 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47345 LatexCommand bibitem
47351 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47354 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
47358 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
47359 \begin_inset Newline newline
47363 \begin_inset Flex URL
47366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47368 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
47376 \begin_layout Bibliography
47377 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47378 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47379 LatexCommand bibitem
47385 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47388 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
47392 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
47393 \begin_inset Newline newline
47397 \begin_inset Flex URL
47400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47402 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
47410 \begin_layout Bibliography
47411 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47412 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47413 LatexCommand bibitem
47419 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47422 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
47426 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
47427 \begin_inset Newline newline
47431 \begin_inset Flex URL
47434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47436 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
47444 \begin_layout Bibliography
47445 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47446 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47447 LatexCommand bibitem
47453 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47456 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
47460 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
47461 \begin_inset Newline newline
47465 \begin_inset Flex URL
47468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47470 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
47478 \begin_layout Bibliography
47479 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47480 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47481 LatexCommand bibitem
47487 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47490 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
47494 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
47495 \begin_inset Newline newline
47499 \begin_inset Flex URL
47502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47504 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
47512 \begin_layout Bibliography
47513 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47514 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47515 LatexCommand bibitem
47521 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47524 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
47528 about new features in
47533 \begin_inset Newline newline
47537 \begin_inset Flex URL
47540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47542 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
47550 \begin_layout Standard
47551 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
47558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47585 \begin_inset Note Note
47588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47595 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
47596 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
47597 bibliography is the second one:
47605 \begin_layout Standard
47606 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
47607 LatexCommand bibtex
47608 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
47609 options "biblio/alphadin"
47616 \begin_layout Standard
47617 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
47620 \begin_layout Standard
47621 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
47622 LatexCommand printnomenclature
47628 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
47629 LatexCommand printindex